Example Manuel D'entretien 1

MDA PREVOST
PREVOST, QC
PROTECTION INCENDIE
MANUEL D’ENTRETIEN
105 De La Barre, Boucherville (QC) J4B 2X6 – 450.655.9820 – www.gicleursacme.com – RBQ :1144-0757-53
TABLE DES MATIERES
PAG
GICLEUR DEBOUT QC K5.6 SEMI-ENCASTRÉ 3
GICLEUR PENDANT QC K5.6 TY3231 7
GICLEUR PENDANT K5.6 TY3531 13
GICLEUR PENDANT DRY TYPE K5.6 TY3255 17
GICLEUR PENDANT K4.9 TY3596 25
GICLEUR MURAL QR K5.6 TY3331 31
EXTINCTEURS 37
CABINET EXTINCTEUR SEMI-ENCASTRÉ 5LBS 39
CABINET EXTINCTEUR PORTATIF 40
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE SERIES 757,757N 41
POMPE SQO036807 45
RACCORD PÔMPIER ET SIAMOISE 86
CONTROLE D’ÉTAGE 131
CLAPET DE RETENUE 145
TUYAUTERIE D'ACIER SCH 10 152
RACCORDS ET RACCORDS RAINURÉS 155
ROBINETS ET ACCESSOIRES 175
ROBINET D’ESSAI ET DE VIDANGE 178
FEXIBLE VIC FLEX 180
SUPPORTS ET ANCRAGES 192
IDENTIFICATION 197
105 De La Barre, Boucherville (QC) J4B 2X6 – 450.655.9820 – www.gicleursacme.com – RBQ :1144-0757-53
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor

Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers
Quick Response, Standard Coverage
General NOTICE
The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers
Description described herein must be installed
and maintained in compliance with
The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, this document, as well as with the
Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) applicable standards of the National
Sprinklers described in this data sheet Fire Protection Association, in addition
are quick response, standard coverage, to the standards of any other authori-
decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so
sprinklers designed for use in light or may impair the performance of these
ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- devices.
cies such as banks, hotels, and shop-
ping malls. The owner is responsible for main-
taining their fire protection system
The recessed version of the Series and devices in proper operating con-
TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where dition. Contact the installing contrac-
applicable, is intended for use in areas tor or product manufacturer with any
with a finished ceiling. This recessed questions.
pendent sprinkler uses one of the
following:
• A two-piece Style 15 Recessed
Sprinkler
Escutcheon with recessed adjust-
ment up to 5/8 in. (15,9 mm) from
Identification
the flush pendent position. Number (SIN)
• A two-piece Style 20 Recessed TY313 �� Upright 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT
Escutcheon with recessed adjust- TY323 ��Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT
ment up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) from
the flush pendent position.
Technical
The adjustment provided by the Operation
Recessed Escutcheon reduces the
accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops
Data The glass bulb contains a fluid which
to the sprinklers must be cut. Approvals expands when exposed to heat. When
Refer to Table A the rated temperature is reached, the
Intermediate level versions of Series fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the
TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Maximum Working Pressure
175 psi (12.1 bar)
glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to
Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- activate and water to flow.
kler guards and shields are described 250 psi (17.2 bar)*
in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. * The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17.2 bar)
only applies to the listing by Underwriters Laborato-
ries, Inc. (UL).
Design
Discharge Coefficient Criteria
IMPORTANT K=5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar ½ )
The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor,
Refer to Technical Data Sheet Temperature Rating Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323)
TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to Refer to Table A Sprinklers are intended for fire protec-
regulatory and health information. tion systems designed in accordance
Finishes
Always refer to Technical Data Sprinkler: Refer to Table B
with the standard installation rules
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER recognized by the applicable Listing or
WARNING” that provides cautions Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Approval agency (such as, UL Listing
with respect to handling and instal- Black Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass is based on the requirements of NFPA
lation of sprinkler systems and com- Plated 13, and FM Approval is based on the
ponents. Improper handling and Physical Characteristics requirements of FM’s Loss Prevention
installation can permanently damage Frame ��Bronze Data Sheets). Only the Style 15 or Style
a sprinkler system or its compo- Button �� Brass/Copper 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used
nents and cause the sprinkler to fail Sealing Assembly . . . Stainless Steel w/TEFLON for recessed pendent installations.
to operate in a fire situation or cause Bulb �� Glass
Compression Screw ��Bronze
it to operate prematurely. Deflector ��Bronze
Page 1 of 4 AUGUST 2018 TFP172

3
TFP172
Page 2 of 4
Components:
1 - Frame 4 - Bulb
* Temperature rating is ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1
indicated on Deflector. can be provided on special request.
2 - Button 5 - Compression STYLE 15 or 20
3 - Sealing Screw ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1/2" 7/16" (11,1 mm) RECESSED
Assembly 6 - Deflector * DEFLECTOR * SEATING SURFACE NPT ** NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEON
6*
5 7/16"
(11,1 mm)
4 NOMINAL 2"
MAKE-IN (50,8 mm)
2 2" 1-3/8"
(50,8 mm) (34,9 mm)
3 WRENCH
FLATS
1
1/2" NPT** DEFLECTOR * 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA.
CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT
FIGURE 1
SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY313) AND PENDENT (TY323) SPRINKLERS
5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE
Installation Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant

applied to the pipe threads, hand-
The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler
Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) fitting.
WRENCH RECESS
(USE ONLY Sprinklers must be installed in accor- Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the
END "A") dance with this section. sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type
General Instructions 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 2). With ref-
erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6
FIGURE 2 Do not install any bulb-type sprin-
Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats.
W-TYPE 6 kler if the bulb is cracked or there is
Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to
SPRINKLER WRENCH a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the
sprinkler held horizontally, a small air 19,0 N·m).
bubble should be present. The diam- Recessed Pendent Sprinklers
WRENCH eter of the air bubble is approximately The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent
RECESS 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and Sprinklers must be installed in accor-
3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) dance with the following instructions.
temperature ratings.
Step A. After installing the Style 15
A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the
should be obtained by applying a sprinkler threads, and with pipe-thread
minimum to maximum torque of 7 to sealant applied to the pipe threads,
14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Higher levels hand-tighten the sprinkler into the
of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet sprinkler fitting.
with consequent leakage or impairment
PUSH WRENCH of the sprinkler. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the
IN TO ENSURE sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type
ENGAGEMENT
Do not attempt to compensate for 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure
WITH SPRINKLER
insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- 3). With reference to Figure 1, apply the
WRENCHING AREA
eon Plate by under- or over-tightening W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench
the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque
FIGURE 3 the sprinkler fitting to suit. sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m).
W-TYPE 7 RECESSED
SPRINKLER WRENCH Upright and Pendent Sprinklers Step C. After ceiling installation and
The Series TY-FRB Upright and finishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style
Pendent Sprinklers must be installed 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB
in accordance with the following Sprinkler and push the Closure over the
instructions. Mounting Plate until its flange comes in
Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the contact with the ceiling.
pendent position. Install upright sprin-
klers in the upright position.
4
TFP172
Page 3 of 4
Care and 2-7/8" DIA.

(73,0 mm)
Maintenance 2-1/4" DIA.
The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, FACE OF (57,2 mm)
Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) SPRINKLER
Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- FITTING 5/8" (15,9 mm)
viced in accordance with this section. FLUSH
Before closing a fire protection system 3/8±5/16"
main control valve for maintenance (9,5±7,9 mm)
work on the fire protection system
that it controls, obtain permission to 1/8"
shut down the affected fire protection MOUNTING
SURFACE (3,2 mm)
systems from the proper authorities
and notify all personnel who may be 1-3/8" (34,9 mm)
CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING
affected by this action.
TY-FRB PLATE 3/4" (19,1 mm)
Absence of the outer piece of an
escutcheon, which is used to cover FIGURE 4
a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323)
operation in a fire situation. WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15
RECESSED ESCUTCHEON
The owner must assure that the sprin-
klers are not used for hanging any
objects and that the sprinklers are only 2-7/8" DIA.
cleaned by means of gently dusting (73,0 mm)
with a feather duster; otherwise, non- FACE OF
operation in the event of a fire or inad- SPRINKLER 2-1/4" DIA.
vertent operation may result. FITTING (57,2 mm)
Sprinklers which are found to be 5/16±1/4"

leaking or exhibiting visible signs of 1/2" (12,7 mm)
(7,9±6,4 mm)
corrosion must be replaced. FLUSH
Automatic sprinklers must never be
painted, plated, coated, or other-
wise altered after leaving the factory.
Modified sprinklers must be replaced. MOUNTING 1/8"
Sprinklers that have been exposed to SURFACE (3,2 mm)
corrosive products of combustion, but
have not operated, should be replaced
if they cannot be completely cleaned CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8" (34,9 mm)
by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or TY-FRB PLATE 7/8" (22,2 mm)
by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. FIGURE 5
Care must be exercised to avoid SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323)
damage to the sprinklers before, WITH TWO PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20
during, and after installation. Sprin- RECESSED ESCUTCHEON
klers damaged by dropping, striking,
wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must
be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- Limited Recessed Escutcheon
Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutch-
kler that has a cracked bulb or that has
lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- Warranty eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*)
Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch-
tion Section.)
For warranty terms and conditions, visit eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*)
The owner is responsible for the www.tyco-fire.com. * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770
inspection, testing, and maintenance of
their fire protection system and devices
in compliance with this document, as Ordering Sprinkler Wrench
Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench,
well as with the applicable standards
of the National Fire Protection Asso- Procedure P/N 56-000-6-387
Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench,
ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to Contact your local distributor for avail- P/N 56-850-4-001
the standards of any other authorities ability. When placing an order, indicate
having jurisdiction. Contact the install- the full product name and Part Number
ing contractor or product manufacturer (P/N).
with any questions.
Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT
Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- Thread Connections
ommended to be inspected, tested, Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or
and maintained by a qualified Inspec- Pendent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN
tion Service in accordance with local (specify), K= 5.6, Quick Response,
requirements and/or national codes. (specify) temperature rating, (specify)
finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A).
5
TFP172
Page 4 of 4
SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7)

K BULB LIQUID NATURAL CHROME
TYPE TEMPERATURE POLYESTERc
FACTOR COLOR BRASS PLATED
135°F (57°C) Orange
UPRIGHT 155°F (68°C) Red
(TY313)
and 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PENDENT
(TY323) 200°F (93°C) Green
5.6 286°F (141°C) Blue
1/2 in. NPT
RECESSED
PENDENT 155°F (68°C) Red
1, 2, 3, 4
(TY323) 175°F (79°C) Yellow
Figures 4a and 5 b
200°F (93°C) Green
Notes:
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.
2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.
3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers.
4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.
5. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-54-428-3377.)
6. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers.
7. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers.
a. Installed with Style 15 (1/2 in. NPT) 5/8 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.
b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.
c. Frame and Deflector only. Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order).
TABLE A
LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR
5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS
P/Na 77 – XXX – X – XXX
SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE
SIN FINISH RATINGS
370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in.NPT) TY313 1 NATURAL BRASS 135 135°F (57°C)
PURE WHITE (RAL9010)a

371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in.NPT) TY323 3 155 155°F (68°C)
POLYESTER
Notes: SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003)
a. Use suffix “I” for ISO 7-1 connection; for example, 4 175 175°F (79°C)
77-370-4-175-I
POLYESTER
JET BLACK (RAL9005)
5 200 200°F (93°C)
POLYESTER
9 CHROME PLATED 286 286°F (141°C)

Notes:
a. Eastern Hemisphere sales only
TABLE B
SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS
PART NUMBER SELECTION
1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association;
TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont 6
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series TY-FRB – 5.6 and 8.0 K-factor

Upright and Pendent Intermediate Level Sprinklers
Quick Response
NFPA requirements. Both the pendent
IMPORTANT and upright sprinklers produce a hemi-
Refer to Technical Data Sheet spherical water distribution pattern
TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to below the deflector.
regulatory and health information.
Intermediate level sprinklers are pri-
Always refer to Technical Data marily designed for use in rack storage
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER sprinkler systems where their thermally
WARNING” that provides cautions sensitive elements must be shielded
with respect to handling and instal- from the water spray of higher ele-
lation of sprinkler systems and com- vation sprinklers that could operate
ponents. Improper handling and earlier during a fire. Intermediate level
installation can permanently damage sprinklers are also used in other appli-
a sprinkler system or its compo- cations such as beneath open gridded
nents and cause the sprinkler to fail catwalks.
to operate in a fire situation or cause
it to operate prematurely. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where
applicable, are utilized to extend the life
of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that
Scan the QR code or enter the URL which would otherwise be obtained
in a web browser to access the most when exposed to corrosive atmo-
up-to-date electronic version of this spheres. Although corrosion-resistant
document. Data rates may apply. coated sprinklers have passed the
standard corrosion tests of the appli-
cable approval agencies, the testing is
not representative of all possible cor-
rosive atmospheres. Consequently,
it is recommended that the end user
be consulted with respect to the suit-
ability of these coatings for any given
corrosive environment. The effects of
ambient temperature, concentration of
chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity,
should be considered, as a minimum,
along with the corrosive nature of the
chemical to which the sprinklers will be
docs.jci.com/tycofire/series-ty-frb-
exposed.
Sprinkler
5_6-8-k-pen-inter-quick-res NOTICE Identification
The Series T Y-FRB Sprinklers
General described herein must be installed
and maintained in compliance with this
Numbers (SINs)
TY3133 – Upright, 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT
Description document, as well as with the applica-
ble standards of the National Fire Pro- TY3231 – Pendent, 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT
tection Association (NFPA), in addition TY4133 – Upright, 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT
TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6K and 8.0K TY4231 – Pendent, 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT
to the standards of any other authori-
Quick Response Upright and Pendent
ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so
Intermediate Level Sprinklers are auto-
matic sprinklers of the quick response
may impair the performance of these
devices.
Technical
3 mm frangible bulb type. They are
standard spray sprinklers intended for The owner is responsible for main- Data
use in fire sprinkler systems designed taining their fire protection system
Approvals
in accordance with the standard instal- and devices in proper operating con- UL and C-UL Listed
lation rules recognized by the appli- dition. Contact the installing contrac- FM and NYC Approved
cable listing or approval agency - for tor or product manufacturer with any
example, the UL Listing is based on questions. (Refer to Table A for complete approval
information, including corrosion-resistant
status.)
Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2022 TFP356

7
TFP356
Page 2 of 6
* Temperature rating is indicated ** Pipe thread connections per † Order Pendent Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and
on Deflector, Shield or adjacent ISO 7-1 can be provided on Model S2 Shield Package separately for
to orifice seat on frame special request pendent assembly (Ref. Ordering Procedure)
3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA. 3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA.
1/2" NPT **
O-RING
7/16" FACTORY
2-3/8" (11,1 mm) ASSEMBLED
(60,3 mm) NOMINAL UPRIGHT SHIELD * 2-3/16"
MAKE-IN WITH SCREW FIELD ASSEMBLED (55,6 mm)
MODEL S2 SHIELD
(SEE INSTALLATION PENDENT
WRENCH SECTION) SERIES
FLATS TY-FRB
DEFLECTOR *
FACTORY ASSEMBLED UPRIGHT FIELD ASSEMBLED PENDENT †

FIGURE 1
SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY3133) & PENDENT (TY3231) INTERMEDIATE LEVEL SPRINKLERS
5.6K, QUICK RESPONSE, 1/2 INCH NPT
* Temperature rating is indicated ** Pipe thread connections per † Order Pendent Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and
on Deflector, Shield or adjacent ISO 7-1 can be provided on Model S2 Shield Package separately for
to orifice seat on frame special request pendent assembly (Ref. Ordering Procedure)
3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA. 3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA.
3/4" NPT **
O-RING
1/2" FACTORY
(12,7 mm) ASSEMBLED
2-7/16"
NOMINAL UPRIGHT SHIELD * 2-5/16"
(61,9 mm)
MAKE-IN WITH SCREW FIELD ASSEMBLED (58,7 mm)
MODEL S2 SHIELD
(SEE INSTALLATION PENDENT
WRENCH SECTION) SERIES
FLATS TY-FRB
DEFLECTOR *
FACTORY ASSEMBLED UPRIGHT FIELD ASSEMBLED PENDENT †

FIGURE 2
SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4133) & PENDENT (TY4231) INTERMEDIATE LEVEL SPRINKLERS
8.0K, QUICK RESPONSE, 3/4 INCH NPT
Maximum Working Pressure

175 psi (12,1 bar) Design Operation
Discharge Coefficients
K=5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½)
Criteria The glass bulb contains a fluid which
expands when exposed to heat. When
K=8.0 GPM/psi½ (115,2 LPM/bar½) TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6K and 8.0K the rated temperature is reached, the
Temperature Ratings Quick Response Upright and Pendent fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the
Refer to Table A Intermediate Level Sprinklers are glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to
intended for fire protection systems activate and water to flow.
Finishes designed in accordance with the stan-
Sprinklers: Refer to Table A dard installation rules recognized
Physical Characteristics by the applicable listing or approval
Frame ��Bronze agency. For example, the UL Listing
Button �� Brass/Copper is based on the requirements of NFPA
Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON 13, and FM Approval is based on the
Bulb �� Glass requirements of FM Approvals’ Loss
Deflector �� Copper
Prevention Data Sheets.
Shield ��Plated Steel
8
TFP356
Page 3 of 6
SPRINKLER FINISH
SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE BULB
K-FACTOR NATURAL LEAD
TYPE RATING LIQUID COLOR
BRASS* COATED**
135 °F (57 °C) Orange
155 °F (68 °C) Red

UPRIGHT 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4
(TY3133)
200 °F (93 °C) Green
286 °F (141 °C) Blue

5.6
1/2 in. NPT
135 °F (57 °C) Orange
155 °F (68 °C) Red

PENDENT 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow N/A
(TY3231)
200 °F (93 °C) Green
286 °F (141 °C) Blue

1, 2, 3, 4
135 °F (57 °C) Orange
155 °F (68 °C) Red

UPRIGHT 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4
(TY4133)
200 °F (93 °C) Green
286 °F (141 °C) Blue

8.0
3/4 in. NPT
135 °F (57 °C) Orange
155 °F (68 °C) Red

PENDENT 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow N/A
(TY4231)
200 °F (93 °C) Green
286 °F (141 °C) Blue

Notes:
1. UL Listed as quick response sprinklers
2. C-UL Listed as quick response sprinklers
3. FM Approved as quick response sprinklers
4. Approved by the City of New York (NYC) under MEA 354-01-E
* With zinc plated shield
** Where Lead Coated sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are Listed as corrosion-resistant sprinklers;
where Lead Coated sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are Approved as corrosion-resistant sprinklers.
N/A – Not Applicable
TABLE A
5.6K & 8.0K SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT & PENDENT INTERMEDIATE LEVEL SPRINKLERS, QUICK RESPONSE
LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS
Installation NOTICE
Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler
General Instructions
A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint
should be obtained by applying a
TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6K and 8.0K if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss minimum-to-maximum torque of 7 to
Quick Response Upright and Pendent of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N∙m). A leak-tight
Intermediate Level Sprinklers must kler held horizontally, a small air bubble 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be
be installed in accordance with this should be present. The diameter of the obtained by applying a minimum-to-
section. air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. maximum torque of 10 to 20 lb-ft (13,4
(1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 in. to 26,8 N∙m). Higher levels of torque
(2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) tempera- may distort the sprinkler inlet and
ture ratings. cause leakage or impairment of the
sprinkler.
9
TFP356
Page 4 of 6
Care and having jurisdiction. Contact the install-

ing contractor or sprinkler manufac-
WRENCH RECESS
Maintenance turer with any questions.
It is recommended that automatic
(END "A" USED FOR TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6K and 8.0K sprinkler systems be inspected, tested,
1/2" NPT MODELS) Quick Response Upright and Pendent and maintained by a qualified Inspec-
Intermediate Level Sprinklers must be tion Service in accordance with local
maintained and serviced in accordance requirements and/or national codes.
with this section.
WRENCH RECESS
(END "B" USED FOR Before closing a fire protection system Limited
control valve for maintenance work on
Warranty
3/4" NPT MODELS)
FIGURE 3 the fire protection system that it con-
W-TYPE 6 trols, permission to shut down the
affected fire protection system must For warranty terms and conditions, visit
SPRINKLER WRENCH www.tyco-fire.com.
be obtained from the proper authorities
and all personnel who may be affected
Upright Sprinklers
The Series TY-FRB Intermediate Level
by this action must be notified. Ordering
Upright Sprinklers must be installed
in accordance with the following
Sprinklers that are found to be leaking
or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion Procedure
instructions: must be replaced. Contact your local distributor for avail-
Step 1. With pipe thread sealant Automatic sprinklers must never be ability. When placing an order, indi-
applied to the pipe threads, hand- painted, plated, coated or other- cate the full product name, including
tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler wise altered after leaving the factory. description and part number (P/N).
fitting. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Upright Sprinkler Assemblies with
Sprinklers that have been exposed to
Step 2. Tighten the sprinkler into the NPT Thread Connections
corrosive products of combustion, but
sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type have not operated, should be replaced (with Shield)
6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 3). With if they cannot be completely cleaned Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright Inter-
reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or mediate Level Sprinkler, (specify
6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. K-factor), Quick Response, (specify)
the wrench flats. temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N
Care must be exercised to avoid (specify from Table B)
Pendent Sprinklers damage to the sprinklers before,
The Series TY-FRB Intermediate Level during, and after installation. Sprin- Pendent Sprinkler Assemblies with
Pendent Sprinklers must be installed klers damaged by dropping, striking, NPT Thread Connections
in accordance with the following wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must (Shield ordered separately)
instructions: be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler Specify: Series TY-FRB Pendent
Step 1. Thread the Model S2 Shield that has a cracked bulb or that has lost Sprinkler, (specify K-factor), Quick
onto the sprinkler threads with the liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- Response, (specify) temperature
stamped markings toward the deflector lation section for additional information. rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify from
and just to the end of the threads. The Table C)
Frequent visual inspections are rec-
final assembly step is easier to accom- ommended to be initially performed Model S2 Sprinkler Shield
plish if the shield is not disengaged by for corrosion resistant coated sprin- Includes S2 Shield and one O-Ring.
continuing to turn the shield past the klers, after the installation has been
threads. Specify: Model S2 Sprinkler Shield,
completed, to verify the integrity of the (specify) Thread Size, P/N (specify):
Step 2. Roll the O-ring over the sprin- corrosion-resistant coating. Thereafter,
1/2 in. NPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-070-9-332
kler threads until it seats against the annual inspections per NFPA 25 should 3/4 in. NPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-070-9-342
shield. suffice; however, instead of inspecting
from the floor level, a random sampling Sprinkler Wrench
Step 3. With pipe thread sealant of close-up visual inspections should Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench,
applied to the pipe threads, hand- be made, so as to better determine the P/N 56-000-6-387
tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler exact sprinkler condition and the long
fitting. term integrity of the corrosion resistant
Step 4. Tighten the sprinkler into the coating, as it may be affected by the
sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type corrosive conditions present.
6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 3). With The owner is responsible for the
reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type inspection, testing, and maintenance of
6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to their fire protection system and devices
the wrench flats. in compliance with this document, as
Step 5. Rotate the Model S2 Shield well as with the applicable standards
clockwise (looking up) so that it slightly of the National Fire Protection Associ-
compresses the O-ring between the ation such as NFPA 25, in addition to
shield and sprinkler fitting. the standards of any other authorities
10
TFP356
Page 5 of 6
P/N 57 — XXX — X — XXX
SIN FINISH RATING
NATURAL
333 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT) TY3133 1 135 135°F (57°C)
BRASS
LEAD
343 8.0K UPRIGHT (3/4 in. NPT) TY4133 7 155 155°F (68°C)
COATED
175 175°F (79°C)
200 200°F (93°C)
286 286°F (141°C)
TABLE B
SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT INTERMEDIATE LEVEL SPRINKLERS, QUICK RESPONSE
P/N 57 — XXX — X — XXX
SIN FINISH RATING
NATURAL
371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT) TY3231 1 135 135°F (57°C)
BRASS
LEAD
391 8.0K PENDENT (3/4 in. NPT) TY4231 7 155 155°F (68°C)
COATED
175 175°F (79°C)
200 200°F (93°C)
286 286°F (141°C)
TABLE C
SERIES TY-FRB PENDENT INTERMEDIATE LEVEL SPRINKLERS, QUICK RESPONSE
(MODEL S2 PENDENT SHIELD MUST BE SEPARATELY ORDERED)
11
TFP356
Page 6 of 6

TEFLON is a trademark of The Chemours Company FC, LLC 12
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series RFII — 5.6 K-factor

“Royal Flush II” Concealed Pendent Sprinklers
Quick & Standard Response, Standard Coverage
General The Series RFII Sprinklers are shipped
with a Disposable Protective Cap. The
Description Protective Cap is temporarily removed
during installation and replaced to help
The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, protect the sprinkler during ceiling
“Royal Flush II” Concealed Pendent installation or finish. The tip of the Pro-
Sprinklers Quick Response (3-mm tective Cap can be used to mark the
bulb) and Standard Response (5-mm center of the ceiling hole into plaster
bulb), are decorative sprinklers fea- board or ceiling tiles by gently pushing
turing a flat cover plate designed to the ceiling product against the Pro-
conceal the sprinkler. These sprinklers tective Cap. When ceiling installa-
are optimal for architecturally sensi- tion is complete, the Protective Cap is
tive areas such as hotel lobbies, office removed and the Cover Plate/Retainer
buildings, churches, and restaurants. Assembly is installed.
Each sprinkler includes a Cover Plate/ As an option, the Series RFII Standard
Retainer Assembly and a Sprinkler/ Response (5-mm bulb) “Royal Flush II”
Support Cup Assembly. The separa- Concealed Pendent Sprinklers can be
ble, two-piece assembly design pro-
vides the following benefits:
fitted with a silicone Air and Dust Seal.
See Figure 5. The Air and Dust Seal Technical
• Allows installation of the sprinklers
is intended for sensitive areas where
it is desirable to prevent air and dust Data
and pressure testing of the fire pro- from the area above the ceiling to pass Sprinkler Approvals
tection system prior to installation of through the cover plate. Approvals apply only to the service
a suspended ceiling or application of conditions indicated in the Design Criteria
the finish coating to a fixed ceiling. NOTICE section.
• Permits the removal of suspended The Series RFII Concealed Pendent • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is UL Listed,
ceiling panels for access to building Sprinklers described herein must be C-UL Listed and NYC Approved
service equipment without having installed and maintained in compliance (MEA 353-01-E) as Quick Response.
to first shut down the fire protection with this document and with the appli- • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is VdS Approved
system and remove sprinklers. cable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE (Certificate No. G4090007).
• Provides for 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of ver- PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA),
in addition to the standards of any • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is FM and
tical adjustment to allow a measure LPCB Approved (Ref. No. 094a/10) as
of flexibility in determining the length authorities having jurisdiction. Failure
Standard Response.
of fixed piping to cut for the sprinkler to do so may impair the performance
drops. of these devices. Note: FM and LPCB do not approve
concealed sprinklers for quick
The owner is responsible for maintain- response.
ing their fire protection system and
devices in proper operating condition. • TY3551 (5 mm Bulb) is UL Listed, C-UL
The installing contractor or sprinkler Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved
manufacturer should be contacted with (Ref. No. 094a/9), and NYC Approved
any questions. (MEA 353-01-E) as Standard Response.
IMPORTANT Approvals for Air and Dust Seal
Refer to Technical Data Sheet
TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to
Sprinkler UL and C-UL Listed for use with the RFII
Standard Response Concealed Sprinkler
regulatory and health information.
Always refer to Technical Data
Identification (TY3551)
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER
WARNING” that provides cautions
Number (SIN) Maximum 250 psi (17,3 bar) by UL,
C-UL, and NYC
with respect to handling and instal- TY3531 — 3 mm bulb Maximum 175 psi (12,1 bar) by FM, VdS,
lation of sprinkler systems and com- TY3551 — 5 mm bulb and LPCB
ponents. Improper handling and Temperature Rating
installation can permanently damage 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler with
a sprinkler system or its compo- 139°F (59°C) Cover Plate
nents and cause the sprinkler to fail
to operate in a fire situation or cause 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler with
it to operate prematurely. 165°F (74°C) Cover Plate
Page 1 of 4 AUGUST 2020 TFP181

13
TFP181
Page 2 of 4
Discharge Coefficient
1/2" NPT SEALING
K= 5.6 GPM/psi1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar1/2)
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment
1/2 in. (12,7 mm)
Finishes FRAME
See the Ordering Procedure section. CAP
Physical Characteristics
Frame ��Bronze
Support Cup ��Plated Steel SUPPORT
Guide Pins �� Stainless Steel CUP WITH BULB
Deflector ��Bronze ROLL FORMED
Compression Screw ��Brass THREADS
Bulb �� Glass
Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze or Copper
Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON COMPRESSION
Cover Plate ��Brass SCREW
Retainer ��Brass GUIDE
Ejection Spring �� Stainless Steel PINS (2)
Design DEFLECTOR
(DROPPED
Criteria DEFLECTOR POSITION)
The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor,

“Royal Flush II” Concealed Pendent SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP
Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- ASSEMBLY
tion systems designed in accordance
with the standard installation rules THREAD INTO RETAINER
recognized by the applicable Listing SUPPORT WITH THREAD
or Approval agency; for example, UL CUP UNTIL DIMPLES
Listing is based on NFPA 13 and VdS MOUNTING
Approval is based on the CEA 4001. SURFACE IS EJECTION
FLUSH WITH SPRING
For more information on LPCB and VdS CEILING
Approvals, contact Johnson Controls
at the following office:
Enschede, Netherlands
Telephone: 31-53-428-4444
Fax: 31-53-428-3377 SOLDER COVER
The Series RFII Concealed Pendent TABS (3) COVER PLATE/RETAINER PLATE
Sprinklers are only listed and approved ASSEMBLY
with the Series RFII Concealed Cover FIGURE 1
Plates having a factory applied finish. MODEL RFII CONCEALED SPRINKLER
ASSEMBLY
NOTICE
Do not use the Series RFII in applica-
tions where the air pressure above the Installation Do not attempt to compensate for
insufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler
ceiling is greater than that below. Down The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, by under- or over-tightening the Sprin-
drafts through the Sprinkler/Support “Royal Flush II” Concealed Pendent kler/Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust
Cup Assembly can delay sprinkler Sprinklers must be installed in accor- the position of the sprinkler fitting to
operation in a fire situation. dance with this section. suit.
Step 1. Install the sprinkler only in the
Operation General Instructions
Do not install any bulb-type sprin-
pendent position with the center-line
of the sprinkler perpendicular to the
When exposed to heat from a fire, the kler if the bulb is cracked or there is mounting surface.
Cover Plate, normally soldered to the a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the
sprinkler held horizontally, a small air Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap.
Retainer at three points, falls away to
expose the Sprinkler/Support Cup bubble should be present. The diam- Step 3. With pipe thread sealant
eter of the air bubble is approximately applied to the pipe threads, hand-
Assembly.
1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 155°F (68°C) tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler
The Deflector — supported by the and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 200°F fitting.
Guide Pins — then drops down to its (93°C) temperature ratings. Step 4. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler
operational position. using only the RFII Sprinkler Wrench.
A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint
The glass bulb contains a fluid that See Figure 3. Apply the RFII Sprinkler
should be obtained by applying a Wrench to the Sprinkler as shown in
expands when exposed to heat. When minimum to maximum torque of 7 to
the rated temperature is reached, the Figure 3.
14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Higher levels
fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet
glass bulb, activating the sprinkler and with consequent leakage or impairment
allowing water to flow. of the sprinkler.
14
TFP181
Page 3 of 4
FACE OF CLEARANCE HOLE CLEARANCE

SPRINKLER DIAMETER HOLE
FITTING DIMENSION C
SPRINKLER
SUPPORT CUP
ASSEMBLY
1/2" (12,7 mm)

THREADED
ADJUSTMENT
D
FACE
OF CEILING,
RETAINING RING
MOUNTING FIGURE 4
SURFACE DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE CAP
Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by

pushing it upwards until it bottoms out
against the Support Cup. See Figure
4. The Protective Cap helps prevent
damage to the Deflector and Arms
3/16" to 11/16" MANUFACTURER DEFLECTOR COVER PLATE during ceiling installation and/or finish.
(4,8 to 17,5 mm) PRESET GAP IN DROPPED RETAINER You can also use the Protective Cap to
REFERENCE 3/32" (2,4 mm) POSITION ASSEMBLY locate the center of the clearance hole
by gently pushing the ceiling material
COVER PLATE COVER PLATE up against the center point of the Pro-
PROFILE DEPTH DIAMETER tective Cap.
DIMENSION B DIMENSION A
NOTICE
A: 3-1/4 in. (82,6 mm) C: 2-3/8 to 2-5/8 in. (60,3 to 66,7 mm)
As long as the Protective Cap remains
B: 3/16 in. (4,8 mm) D: 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 in. (44,5 to 57,2 mm) in place, the system is considered “Out
of Service”.
FIGURE 2 Step 6. After the ceiling has been
SERIES CONCEALED SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS completed with the 2-1/2 in. (63,5 mm)
diameter clearance hole and in prep-
aration for installing the Cover Plate/
Retainer Assembly, remove and discard
the Protective Cap. Verify that the
FRAME Deflector moves up and down freely.
ARM
If the Sprinkler is damaged and the
Deflector does not move up and down
freely, replace the entire Sprinkler.
SUPPORT
CUP
Do not attempt to modify or repair a
damaged sprinkler.
Step 7. When installing an Air and Dust
Seal, see Figure 5; otherwise, proceed
to Step 8. To attach the Air and Dust
Seal, verify the angle of the outside
7/8" (23 mm) edge of the seal is oriented accord-
SQUARE ing to Figure 5. Start the edge of the
Retainer in the grooved slot of the Air
and Dust Seal and continue around the
ALIGN retainer until the entire Air and Dust
ARROWS WITH Seal is engaged.
FRAME ARMS Step 8. Screw on the Cover Plate/
Retainer Assembly until the Retainer,
shown in Figure 2, or the Air and Dust
ACCEPTS Seal, shown in Figure 5, contacts the
1/2" SOCKET ceiling. Do not continue to screw on the
DRIVE Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly so that
FIGURE 3 it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal
RFII SPRINKLER WRENCH position. If you cannot engage the
Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly with
the Support Cup or you cannot engage
the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly suf-
ficiently to contact the ceiling, you must
reposition the Sprinkler Fitting.
15
TFP181
Page 4 of 4
SUPPORT
CUP
SPRINKLER FACE OF
CEILING
ORIENT
SEAL
Limited
BEVEL AS
SHOWN
Warranty
COVER
PLATE For warranty terms and conditions, visit
RETAINER www.tyco-fire.com.
ASSEMBLY
Ordering
AIR
Procedure
AND DUST Contact your local distributor for
LIP OF COVER SEAL availability. When placing an order,
RETAINER PLATE indicate the full product name.
FIGURE 5 Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly
OPTIONAL AIR AND DUST SEAL FOR SERIES RFII (TY3551) Specify: Series RFII (specify SIN),
K=5.6, “Royal Flush II” Pendent Sprin-
Care and if they cannot be completely cleaned
by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or
klers (specify) temperature rating, P/N*
(specify):
Maintenance by brushing it with a soft bristle brush.
Care must be exercised to avoid TY3531
155°F (68°C)
51-792-1-155
200°F (93°C)
51-792-1-200
The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, damage to the sprinklers - before, TY3551 51-790-1-155 51-790-1-200
“Royal Flush II” Concealed Pendent during, and after installation. Sprin- * Use Suffix “I” for ISO 7-1 connection; for example,
Sprinklers must be maintained and klers damaged by dropping, striking, 51-792-1-155-I
serviced in accordance with this wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must
section. be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler Separately Ordered Cover Plate/
that has a cracked bulb or that has lost Retainer Assembly:
Before closing a fire protection system Specify: (temperature rating from
main control valve for maintenance liquid from its bulb. See the Installation
Section. below) Series RFII Concealed Cover
work on the fire protection system Plate with (finish), P/N (specify).
that it controls, obtain permission to Exercise care to avoid damage to sprin-
shut down the affected fire protection 139°F (59°C)(a) 165°F (74°C)(b)
klers before, during, and after instal-
Grey White
system from the proper authorities lation. Replace sprinklers damaged (RAL9002). . . . . 56-792-0-135 56-792-0-165
and notify all personnel who may be by dropping, striking, wrench twist- Brushed Brass. . . 56-792-1-135 56-792-1-165
affected by this action. ing, wrench slipping, or the like. Also, Brass. . . . . . . . . . . 56-792-2-135 56-792-2-165
replace any sprinkler that has a cracked
Absence of the Cover Plate/Retainer bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb.
Pure White (c)
(RAL9010) . . . . . 56-792-3-135 56-792-3-165
Assembly can delay sprinkler opera- See the Installation section. Signal White
tion in a fire situation. (RAL9003). . . . . 56-792-4-135 56-792-4-165
If you must remove a sprinkler, do not
When properly installed, there is a reinstall it or a replacement without
Jet Black
nominal 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) air gap (RAL9005). . . . . 56-792-6-135 56-792-6-165
reinstalling the Cover Plate/Retainer Brushed
between the lip of the Cover Plate and Assembly. If a Cover Plate/Retainer Chrome. . . . . . . . . 56-792-8-135 56-792-8-165
the ceiling, as shown in Figure 2. Assembly becomes dislodged during Chrome. . . . . . . . . 56-792-9-135 56-792-9-165
This air gap is necessary for proper service, replace it immediately. Custom. . . . . . . . . 56-792-X-135 56-792-X-165
operation of the sprinkler. If the ceiling The owner is responsible for the (a) For use with 155°F (68°C) sprinklers.
requires repainting after sprinkler inspection, testing, and maintenance of
installation, ensure that the new paint (b) For use with 200°F (93°C) sprinklers.
their fire protection system and devices
does not seal off any of the air gap. (c) Eastern Hemisphere sales only.
in compliance with this document, as
Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to well as with the applicable standards Sprinkler Wrench
the Enclosure. Separation may result. of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION Specify: RFII Sprinkler Wrench,
ASSOCIATION such as NFPA 25, in P/N 56-000-1-075
Sprinklers which are found to be addition to the standards of any other
leaking or exhibiting visible signs of authorities having jurisdiction. Contact Air and Dust Seal
corrosion must be replaced. the installing contractor or sprinkler Specify: Air and Dust Seal,
manufacturer regarding any questions. P/N 56-908-1-001
Automatic sprinklers must never be
painted, plated, coated, or other- Automatic sprinkler systems should be
wise altered after leaving the factory. inspected, tested, and maintained by a
Modified sprinklers must be replaced. qualified Inspection Service in accor-
Sprinklers that have been exposed to dance with local requirements and/or
corrosive products of combustion, but national code.
have not operated, should be replaced

Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series DS-1 – 5.6 K-factor, Dry-type Sprinklers

Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall
Standard Response, Standard Coverage
• sprinklers and/or a portion of the
IMPORTANT connecting piping may be exposed
Refer to Technical Data Sheet to freezing temperatures (for
TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to example, sprinkler drops from wet
regulatory and health information. systems into freezers, or horizontal
Always refer to Technical Data piping extensions through a wall to
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER protect unheated areas of a building
WARNING” that provides cautions such as loading docks, overhangs,
with respect to handling and instal- and building exteriors)
lation of sprinkler systems and com- • sprinklers are used on systems that
ponents. Improper handling and are seasonably drained to avoid
installation can permanently damage freezing (for example, vacation
a sprinkler system or its compo- resort areas)
NOTICE
it to operate prematurely.
Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers
described herein must be installed
Scan the QR code or enter the URL and maintained in compliance with this
in a web browser to access the most document, as well as with the applica-
up-to-date electronic version of this ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE
document. Data rates may apply. PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA),
in addition to the standards of any other
authorities having jurisdiction. Failure
to do so may impair the performance
of these devices.
The owner is responsible for main-
taining their fire protection system
and devices in proper operating con-
dition. Contact the installing contrac-
tor or product manufacturer with any
questions.
Technical
Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers must
only be installed in fittings that meet
Data
the requirements of the Design Crite-
docs.jci.com/tycofire/series-ds-1- ria section.
5_6-k-dry-sprink-pen-up-side
Sprinkler
Approvals
UL and C-UL Listed
General Identification
FM Approved
NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E)
Description
LPCB Approved, Reference No. 094a/11
Numbers (SINs) CE Certified, Certificate of Conformity
No. 2831-CPR-S2015
TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, TY3255 – Pendent EAC Approved
Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- TY3155 – Upright See Tables A and B for Approvals details.
dard Response (5 mm bulb), Standard TY3355 – Horizontal Sidewall
Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers are dec- Maximum Working Pressure
orative glass bulb automatic sprinklers 175 psi (12,1 bar)
typically used where: Inlet Thread Connections
1 in. NPT
• pendent sprinklers are required ISO 7-R 1
on dry pipe systems that are
exposed to freezing temperatures; Discharge Coefficient
for example, sprinkler drops from K=5.6 gpm/psi½ (80,6 lpm/bar½)
unheated portions of buildings Temperature Ratings
See Tables A and B.
Page 1 of 8 APRIL 2022 TFP500

17
TFP500
Page 2 of 8
PLUG WITH INLET

SEALING
ASSEMBLY
WRENCH
YOKE RECESS
SPRING
INLET
BAND
WATER WRENCH
TUBE FLAT
CASING
GUIDE INSERT PUSH WRENCH

TUBE IN TO ENSURE
ENGAGEMENT
BULB WITH SPRINKLER
FRAME SEAT WRENCHING AREA
FIGURE 2
5 mm BULB W-TYPE 7
VENT HOLE WRENCH
COMPRESSION of the sprinkler can contact the interior

DEFLECTOR SCREW of the elbow.
The unused outlet of the threaded tee is
FIGURE 1 plugged as shown in Figure 12.
SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE
ASSEMBLY You can also install Series DS-1 Dry-
type Sprinklers in the 1 in. NPT outlet
Finishes ing the sprinkler to activate and flow of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical
Sprinkler: See Table D. water. Tee and GRINNELL G-FIRE Figure 522;
Escutcheon: See Table D. however, the use of the Figure 730 Tee
Physical Characteristics
Inlet �� Copper
Design and Figure 522 for this arrangement is
limited to wet pipe systems.
Plug �� Copper
Yoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel Criteria The configuration shown in Figure 13
is only applicable for wet pipe systems
Casing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Galvanized Carbon Steel
Insert ��Bronze TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, where the sprinkler fitting and water-
Bulb Seat �� Stainless Steel Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting
Bulb (5 mm dia.) �� Glass dard Response, Standard Coverage are not subject to freezing and where
Compression Screw ��Bronze Dry-type Sprinklers are intended for
Deflector ��Bronze
the length of the dry-type sprinkler has
Frame ��Bronze
use in fire sprinkler systems designed the minimum exposure length depicted
Guide Tube �� Stainless Steel in accordance with the standard instal- in Figure 11. See the Exposure Length
Water Tube �� Stainless Steel lation rules recognized by the appli- section.
Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel cable listing or approval agency (for
Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON example, UL Listing is based on NFPA For wet pipe system installations of
Escutcheon. . . . Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel
13 requirements). For more information 1 in. NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin-
klers connected to CPVC piping, use
Operation on LPCB Approval, contact Johnson
Controls at the following office: only the following TYCO CPVC fittings:
When TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Kopersteden 1 • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter
Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- 7547 TJ Enschede (P/N 80145)
dard Response, Standard Coverage The Netherlands • 1 in. x 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Sprinkler Head
Dry-type Sprinklers are in service, Tel: +31-(0)53-428-4444 Adapter Tee (P/N 80249)
water is prevented from entering the Fax: +31-(0)53-428-3377
assembly by the Plug with Sealing For dry pipe system installations,
Assembly (see Figure 1) in the Inlet of Sprinkler Fittings use only the side outlet of maximum
the sprinkler. Install 1 in. NPT Series DS-1 Dry-type 2 1/2 in. reducing tee when locat-
Sprinklers in the 1 in. NPT outlet or run ing Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers
The glass bulb contains a fluid that of the following fittings:
expands when exposed to heat. When directly below the branchline; other-
the rated temperature is reached, the • malleable or ductile iron threaded wise, use the configuration shown in
fluid expands sufficiently to shatter tee fittings that meet the dimen- Figure 12 to assure complete water
the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 drainage from above Series DS-1
released. (Class 150) Dry-type Sprinklers and the branch-
line. Failure to do so may result in pipe
The compressed Spring is then able • cast iron threaded tee fittings that freezing and water damage.
to expand and push the Water Tube as meet the dimensional requirements
well as the Guide Tube outward. This of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125)
action simultaneously pulls inward on NOTICE
the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug with Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-type Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-type
Sealing Assembly from the Inlet, allow- Sprinklers into elbow fittings. The Inlet Sprinklers into any other type fitting.
18
TFP500
Page 3 of 8
SPRINKLER FINISH
SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON TEMPERATURE BULB
TYPE TYPE RATING COLOR CODE NATURAL CHROME POLYESTER*
BRASS PLATED
155°F (68°C) Red
175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 4, 5, 6
STANDARD
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3, 6 1, 2, 6
155°F (68°C) Red
1, 2, 3, 5, 6 1, 2, 5, 6
175°F (79°C) Yellow
RECESSED
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue 1, 2, 6
PENDENT 360°F (182°C) Mauve N/A

(TY3255) 135°F (57°C) Orange
155°F (68°C) Red
DEEP
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 4, 5, 6
155°F (68°C) Red
WITHOUT
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3, 6 1, 2, 6
155°F (68°C) Red
UPRIGHT 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 4, 5, 6

WITHOUT
(TY3155) 200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3, 6 1, 2, 6
Notes:
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), maximum order length of 48 in. 4. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) and CE conformity apply to these
2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL), maximum order length temperature ratings only
of 48 in. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E
3. Approved by FM Global (FM Approvals), maximum order length of 48 in. 6. EAC Approved
• Frame and deflector only
TABLE A
SERIES DS-1 PENDENT & UPRIGHT DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE
Failure to use the appropriate fitting pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, must be taken from the face of the
may result in one of the following: and feed-main piping connected to Dry sprinkler fitting to the surface of the
Sprinklers and subject to freezing tem- structure or insulation that is exposed
• failure of the sprinkler to operate to the heated area. See Figure 11 for
properly due to formation of ice peratures must be pitched for proper
drainage. an example.
over the Inlet Plug or binding of the
Inlet Plug Exposure Length For protected area temperatures
When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe between those given above, the
• insufficient engagement of the minimum recommended length from
sprinkler systems to protect areas
Inlet pipe-threads with consequent the face of the fitting to the outside of
subject to freezing temperatures, use
leakage the protected area may be determined
Table C to determine a sprinkler’s
appropriate exposed barrel length to by interpolating between the indicated
Drainage values.
In accordance with the minimum prevent water from freezing in the con-
requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE necting pipes due to conduction. The
PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry exposed barrel length measurement
19
TFP500
Page 4 of 8
SPRINKLER FINISH
SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON TEMPERATURE BULB
TYPE TYPE RATING COLOR CODE NATURAL CHROME POLYESTER***
BRASS PLATED
155°F (68°C) Red
STANDARD
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve
155°F (68°C) Red
HSW* 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1**, 2**, 3***, 4, 5, 6 1**, 2**, 4, 5, 6

(TY3355) DEEP
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve
155°F (68°C) Red
WITHOUT
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
360°F (182°C) Mauve 1**, 2**, 5, 6 1**, 2**, 6
Notes:
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), maximum order length of 48 in. 6. EAC Approved
2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL), maximum order * Horizontal sidewall with top of deflector-to-ceiling distance of 4 to 12 in.
length of 48 in. (100 to 300 mm)
3. Approved by FM Global (FM Approvals), maximum order length of 48 in. ** Light and ordinary hazard occupancies only
4. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) and CE conformity apply to these *** Light hazard occupancies only
temperature ratings only **** Frame and deflector only
5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E
TABLE B
SERIES DS-1 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE
Clearance Space General Instructions the sprinkler fitting to suit.

In accordance with NFPA 13, when Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers must
connecting an area subject to freez- only be installed in fittings that meet Notes:
ing and an area containing a wet pipe the requirements of the Design Cri- • Install pendent sprinklers only in
sprinkler system, the clearance space teria section. See the Design Criteria the pendent position; install upright
around the sprinkler barrel of dry-type section for other important require- sprinklers only in the upright posi-
sprinklers must be sealed. Due to tem- ments regarding piping design and tion. The deflector of a pendent or
perature differences between two sealing of the clearance space around upright sprinkler is to be parallel to
areas, the potential for the formation the Sprinkler Casing. the ceiling.
of condensation in the sprinkler and • Install horizontal sidewall sprinklers
Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler in the horizontal position with their
subsequent ice build-up is increased. If
if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss centerline of waterway perpendicu-
this condensation is not controlled, ice
of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- lar to the back wall and parallel to
build-up can occur that might damage
kler held horizontally, a small air bubble the ceiling. Ensure the word “TOP”
the dry-type sprinkler and/or prevent
should be present. The diameter of the on the Deflector faces the ceiling.
proper operation in a fire situation.
air bubble is approximately 1/16 in.
Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) rating to Step 1. With a non-hardening pipe-
Boot, described in technical data sheet 1/8 in. (3,2 mm) for the 360°F (182°C) thread sealant such as TEFLON applied
TFP591 and shown in Figures 14 and rating. to the inlet threads, hand-tighten the
15, can provide the recommended seal. sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting.
Obtain a leak-tight 1 in. NPT sprinkler
Step 2. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler
Installation
joint by applying a minimum-to-maxi-
mum torque of 20 to 30 lb-ft (26,8 to using either:
40,2 N·m). Higher levels of torque may • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or
TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, distort the sprinkler Inlet with conse-
Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- the Casing, see Figure 1
quent leakage or impairment of the
dard Response, Standard Coverage sprinkler. • the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench on
Dry-type Sprinklers must be installed the Wrench Flat, see Figure 2
in accordance with this section. Do not attempt to compensate for
insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- Apply the wrench recess of the W-Type
eon Plate by under or over-tightening 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flat.
the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of
20
TFP500
Page 5 of 8
SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING

(REFER TO DESIGN (REFER TO DESIGN (REFER TO DESIGN
CRITERIA SECTION) CRITERIA SECTION) CRITERIA SECTION)
FACE OF FACE OF FACE OF

SPRINKLER SPRINKLER SPRINKLER
FITTING FITTING FITTING
ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: 3-1/2" DIA.

2-3/4" to 48" 3-3/4" to 48" 1/2" to 46" (88,9 mm)
1-3/4" DIA. (12,7 to 1168,4 mm)
(69,9 to 1219,2 mm) (44,5 mm) (95,3 to 1219,2 mm) 2-1/2" DIA.
IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. IN 1/4" (6,4 mm)
(63,5 mm)
INCREMENTS INCREMENTS (57,2 mm) INCREMENTS
FACE OF
CEILING FACE OF
FACE OF CEILING
CEILING
4-1/4" ± 1/8"
(108,0 ± 3,2 mm)
2-3/16" ± 1/8" 3" DIA. 1-3/8" ± 1/8" 2-7/8" DIA.
(55,6 ± 3,2 mm) (76,2 mm) (34,9 ± 3,2 mm) (73,0 mm)
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 3 PENDENT (TY3255) FIGURE 5
PENDENT (TY3255) WITH STANDARD PENDENT (TY3255)
WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON RECESSED ESCUTCHEON WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON
Note: If sprinkler removal becomes

SPRINKLER FITTING
necessary, remove the sprinkler using (REFER TO DESIGN TOP OF
the same wrenching method noted CRITERIA SECTION) DEFLECTOR
above. Sprinkler removal is easier when
a non-hardening sealant was used FACE OF
and torque guidelines were followed. SPRINKLER
After removal, inspect the sprinkler for FITTING
damage. ORDER LENGTHS:
Step 3. After installing the ceiling or 5" to 48"
(127,0 to 1219,2 mm)
wall and applying a ceiling finish, slide IN 1/4" (6,4 mm)
on the outer piece of the escutch- ORDER LENGTHS:
5" to 48" INCREMENTS
eon until it comes in contact with the
ceiling/wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel (127,0 to 1219,2 mm)
out of its normal position. IN 1/4" (6,4 mm)
INCREMENTS
When using the Deep Escutcheon, FACE OF
hold the outer piece in contact with the SPRINKLER
mounting surface (ceiling or wall). Then FITTING
rotate the inner piece approximately 1/4 MINIMUM
turn with respect to the outer piece, 1-3/4" (44,5 mm)
to hold the Deep Escutcheon firmly DEFLECTOR
TO CEILING SPRINKLER FITTING
together. (REFER TO DESIGN
Care and
CRITERIA SECTION)
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7
Maintenance PENDENT (TY3255)
WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON
UPRIGHT (TY3155)
WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON
TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent,
Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall,
Standard Response, Standard Cover-
age Dry-type Sprinklers must be main-
tained and serviced in accordance with
this section.
Before closing a fire protection system
main control valve for maintenance
work on the fire protection system
that it controls, obtain permission to
shut down the affected fire protection
systems from the proper authorities
21
TFP500
Page 6 of 8
ORDER LENGTHS:
and notify all personnel who may be
2-3/4" to 48" (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) affected by this action.
IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS Absence of the outer piece of an
2-3/8" ± 1/8"
(60,3 ± 3,2 mm) escutcheon, which is used to cover a
FACE OF FACE OF
clearance hole, may delay the time to
SPRINKLER MOUNTING sprinkler operation in a fire situation.
FITTING SURFACE A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb
Seat (see Figure 1) to indicate if the Dry
Sprinkler is remaining dry. Evidence of
3" DIA. leakage from the Vent Hole indicates
(76,2 mm) potential leakage past the Inlet seal
3.5° and the need to remove the sprinkler
to determine the cause of leakage;
1-3/4" DIA.
SPRINKLER FITTING
(44,5 mm)
for example, an improper installation
(REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/16" or an ice plug. Close the fire protec-
CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) tion system control valve and drain the
FIGURE 8 system before removing the sprinkler.
HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355) Sprinklers which are found to be
WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON leaking or exhibiting visible signs of
corrosion must be replaced.
ORDER LENGTHS: Automatic sprinklers must never be
1/2" to 45-3/4" (12,7 to 1162,1 mm) painted, plated, coated, or other-
IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS wise altered after leaving the factory.
4-1/4" ± 1/8"
(108,0 ± 3,2 mm) Modified sprinklers must be replaced.
2-1/2" DIA. FACE OF Sprinklers that have been exposed to
FACE OF (63,5 mm) MOUNTING corrosive products of combustion, but
SPRINKLER SURFACE have not operated, should be replaced
FITTING if they cannot be completely cleaned
3-1/2" DIA.
by brushing it with a soft bristle brush.
(88,9 mm) Care must be exercised to avoid
3.5° damage to the sprinklers before,
during, and after installation. Sprin-
SPRINKLER FITTING klers damaged by dropping, striking,
(REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/16" wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must
CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler
FIGURE 9 that has a cracked bulb or that has lost
HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355) liquid from its bulb. See the Installation
WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON section.
The owner is responsible for the
ORDER LENGTHS: inspection, testing, and maintenance of
5-1/2" to 48" (139,7 to 1219,2 mm) their fire protection system and devices
IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS MINIMUM
2-1/4" (57,2 mm) well as with the applicable standards
DEFLECTOR TO
of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
FACE OF ASSOCIATION, such as NFPA 25, in
SPRINKLER MOUNTING
SURFACE addition to the standards of any other
FITTING authorities having jurisdiction. Contact
the installing contractor or product
manufacturer with any questions.
Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-
3.5° ommended to be inspected, tested,
5/16" and maintained by a qualified Inspec-
(7,9 mm) tion Service in accordance with local
SPRINKLER FITTING
(REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE requirements and/or national codes.
CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY
FIGURE 10
HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355)
WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON
22
TFP500
Page 7 of 8
Temperatures for RUN

Heated Area(1) OUTLET
Ambient TO WET SIDE
Temperature 40°F 50°F 60°F PLUGGED SYSTEM OUTLET
Exposed to (4°C) (10°C) (16°C) PLUGGED
Discharge SPRINKLER
End of Minimum Exposed FITTING
Barrel Length(2), TO DRY HEATED
Sprinkler (SEE DESIGN
in. SYSTEM AREA
(mm) CRITERIA
SECTION)
40°F AREA DSB-2 SPRINKLER
0 0 0 DSB-2
(4°C) SUBJECT INTENDED FITTING
TO INTENDED (SEE DESIGN
30°F FOR FREEZER
0 0 0 FREEZING FOR FREEZER CRITERIA
(-1°C) STRUCTURES
STRUCTURES SECTION)
20°F 4 0 0
(-7°C) (100)
10°F 8 1 0
(-12°C) (200) (25)
0°F 12 3 0
(-18°C) (305) (75)
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13
-10°F 14 4 1 SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING
(-23°C) (355) (100) (25)
UNHEATED AREA HEATED AREA
-20°F 14 6 3
(-29°C) (355) (150) (75)
STRAP TIES 1-3/4" DIA.
-30°F 16 8 4 (ENDS ON (44,5 mm)
(-34°C) (405) (200) (100) OPPOSING CLEARANCE INSULATED
-40°F 18 8 4 SIDES OF HOLE FREEZER
(-40°C) (455) (200) (100) BOOT) ADHESIVE STRUCTURE
-50°F 20 10 6 DSB-2 BOOT
(-46°C) (510) (255) (150) DSB-2
ADHESIVE BOOT
-60°F 20 10 6
(-51°C) (510) (255) (150) 1-3/4" DIA.
Notes:
(44,5 mm)
1. For protected area temperatures that occur CLEARANCE
between values listed above, use the next cooler HOLE
temperature.
2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up INSULATED
to 30 mph (18,6 kph).
FREEZER
TABLE C STRUCTURE
EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS STRAP TIES
DS-1
IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS DS-1 (ENDS ON
SHOWN WITH
MINIMUM RECOMMENDED SHOWN WITH OPPOSING
STANDARD
STANDARD SIDES OF
LENGTHS ESCUTCHEON
ESCUTCHEON BOOT)
FIGURE 14 FIGURE 15
MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER
FACE OF BOOT WITH PENDENT SERIES BOOT WITH SIDEWALL SERIES
SPRINKLER DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER
FITTING
HEATED EXPOSURE
AREA LENGTH
(SEE DESIGN
DSB-2 CRITERIA
INTENDED SECTION)
FOR FREEZER
STRUCTURES
FIGURE 11
EXPOSURE LENGTH
23
TFP500
Page 8 of 8
P/N* 60 – XXX – X – XXX
SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON SAMPLE

SIN ORDER
FINISH FINISH¹
LENGTH³
Pendent with Standard TY3255 SIGNAL WHITE
96 CHROME 055 5.50 in.
Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 3) 0 (RAL9003)
PLATED POLYESTER
Pendent with Deep TY3255 082 8.25 in.
93 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 5) SIGNAL WHITE
NATURAL
1 (RAL9003) 180 18.00 in.
Pendent with Recessed TY3255 BRASS
97 POLYESTER
Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 4)
187 18.75 in.
Pendent without TY3255 NATURAL BRASS
92 2
Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 6) BRASS PLATED 372 37.25 in.
SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE 480 48.00 in.

Sidewall with Standard TY3355 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003)
94 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 8) POLYESTER POLYESTER
Sidewall with Deep TY3355
53 CHROME STAINLESS
Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 9) 8 PLATED STEEL
Sidewall without TY3355
54 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 10) CHROME CHROME
9 PLATED PLATED
Upright without TY3155
98 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 7)
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
Notes: RATING² RATING²
1. Escutcheon Finish applies to sprinklers provided with escutcheons.
2. 360°F (182°C) temperature rating applies to non-recessed sprinkler 0 135°F (57°C) 3 200°F (93°C)
assemblies.
3. Dry-type Sprinklers are furnished based upon “Order Length” as
measured per Figures 3 through 10, as applicable, and for each
1 155°F (68°C) 4 286°F (141°C)
individual sprinkler where it is to be installed. After the measurement
is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 in. increment. 2 175°F (79°C) 5 360°F (182°C)
* Use Prefix “I” for ISO 7-R 1 Connection (for example, I-60-961-1-180).
TABLE D
SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE
Limited sured per Figures 3 through 10, as

applicable. After the measurement is
included mounting plate is not used
for Dry Type Sprinkler applications,
Warranty taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 in.
increment.
discard accordingly.
Specify: (specify type), (specify) finish,
For warranty terms and conditions, visit • Inlet Connections: P/N (specify):
www.tyco-fire.com. 1 in. NPT Recessed (Style 10)
(Standard) Brass Plated �� 56-701-2-010
Ordering ISO 7-R 1
(For information on ISO Inlet Thread
Signal White (RAL9003) 56-701-4-010
Chrome Plated �� 56-701-9-010
Procedure Connections, contact your Johnson

Controls Sales Representative.)
Standard (Push-On)
White Color �� 91-106-0-007
Contact your local distributor for avail- Brass Plated �� 91-106-2-007
ability. When placing an order, indi- • Temperature Rating Chrome Plated �� 91-106-9-007
cate the full product name, including • Sprinkler Finish Deep
description and part number (P/N). Brass Plated �� 91-107-2-010
• Escutcheon Type and Finish, as White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-107-4-007
Dry-type Sprinklers applicable Chrome Plated �� 91-107-9-007
When ordering Series DS-1 5.6K Sprinkler Wrench
• P/N from Table D
Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Side- Specify W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench,
Part numbers are for 1 in. NPT stan-
wall, Standard Response, Standard P/N 56-850-4-001
dard order sprinklers. Orders for
Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers, specify
all other sprinkler assemblies must Sprinkler Boot
the following information:
be accompanied by a complete Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler
• SIN: description. Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002
TY3255 – Pendent
TY3155 – Upright Replacement Escutcheons This part number includes one (1) Boot,
Order replacement escutcheons two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz of Adhe-
TY3355 – Horizontal Sidewall
separately. sive (a sufficient quantity for installing
• Order Length: one boot).
Note: Style 10 Recessed Escutcheons
Dry-type Sprinklers are furnished
are shipped as assemblies comprised
based upon Order Length as mea-
of closure ring and mounting plate. The
TEFLON is a trademark of The Chemours Company FC, LLC 24
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential

4.9 K-factor Concealed Pendent Sprinkler
Flat Plate, Wet Pipe and Dry Pipe Systems
General • Wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems
for the residential portions of any
Description occupancy per NFPA 13
The Series LFII Residential Concealed
The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series Pendent Sprinklers have been designed
LFII Residential 4.9K Concealed with heat sensitivity and water distri-
Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) are dec- bution characteristics proven to help
orative, fusible solder sprinklers, avail- in the control of residential fires and to
able in both ordinary 160°F (71°C) and improve the chance for occupants to
intermediate 212°F (100°C) tempera- escape or be evacuated.
ture rated configurations. They are
The Series LFII Residential Con-
designed for use in residential occu-
cealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596)
pancies such as homes, apartments,
are shipped with a Disposable Protec-
dormitories, and hotels. Consequently, the Series LFII Residen-
tive Cap. The Protective Cap is tem-
The cover plate assembly conceals porarily removed for installation, and tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers offer
the sprinkler operating components then it can be replaced to help protect the features of non-water filled pipe in
above the ceiling. The flat profile of the the sprinkler while the ceiling is being addition to not having to increase the
cover plate provides the optimum aes- installed or finished. The tip of the Pro- number of design sprinklers (hydraulic
thetically appealing sprinkler design. tective Cap can also be used to mark design area) for systems designed to
In addition, the concealed design the center of the ceiling hole into the NFPA 13, 13D, or 13R.
of the Series LFII Residential Con- plaster board, ceiling tiles, and so on,
cealed Pendent Sprinklers provides by gently pushing the ceiling product NOTICE
1/2 in. (12,7 mm) vertical adjustment. against the Protective Cap. When the
This adjustment provides a measure The Series LFII Residential Concealed
ceiling installation is complete the Pro-
of flexibility when cutting fixed sprin- Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) described
tective Cap is removed and the Cover
kler drops. herein must be installed and main-
Plate Assembly is installed.
tained in compliance with this docu-
The Series LFII Residential Concealed Dry Pipe System Application ment and with the applicable standards
Pendent Sprinklers are intended for use The 160°F (71°C) temperature rated of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
in the following scenarios: Series LFII Residential Concealed ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to
• Wet and dry pipe residential sprin- Pendent Sprinklers offer a laboratory the standards of any authorities having
kler systems for one and two fam- approved option for designing dry pipe jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair
ily dwellings and mobile homes per residential sprinkler systems, whereas, the performance of these devices.
NFPA 13D most residential sprinklers are labora- The owner is responsible for main-
tory approved for wet systems only. taining their fire protection system
• Wet and dry pipe residential sprin-
kler systems for residential occupan- Through extensive testing, it has and devices in proper operating con-
cies up to and including four stories been determined that the number of dition. Contact the installing contrac-
in height per NFPA 13R design sprinklers (hydraulic design tor or product manufacturer with any
area) for the Series LFII Residential questions.
Concealed Pendent Sprinklers need
not be increased over the number of
design sprinklers (hydraulic design
Sprinkler
IMPORTANT
area) as specified for wet pipe sprinkler
systems, as is accustomed for density/
Identification
regulatory and health information. area sprinkler systems designed per
NFPA 13.
Number (SIN)
Always refer to Technical Data TY3596
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER
WARNING” that provides cautions
with respect to handling and instal-
lation of sprinkler systems and com-
ponents. Improper handling and
installation can permanently damage
a sprinkler system or its compo-
Page 1 of 6 SEPTEMBER 2019 TFP442

25
TFP442
Page 2 of 6
Technical BODY
(1/2" NPT)
SEALING
ASSEMBLY
Data
Approvals CAP
UL and C-UL Listed SPRINKLER
NYC Approved under MEA 44-03-E-2NSF WRENCHING
Certified to all requirements of AREA
SADDLE
NSF/ANSI 61
Australian WaterMark Certified
The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII SUPPORT COMPRESSION
Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers SCREW
are Listed only when installed with LFII Con- CUP WITH
cealed Cover Plates having factory-applied ROLL FORMED
finishes. THREADS
Sprinklers and Cover Plates are separately LEVER
ordered. See the Ordering Procedure
section for more information. GUIDE
PIN
Maximum Working Pressure SOLDER LINK
175 psi (12,1 bar) ELEMENT
Discharge Coefficient GUIDE PIN
K=4.9 GPM/psi½ (70,6 LPM/bar½) HOUSING
Temperature Rating DEFLECTOR
(OPERATED
Ordinary
DEFLECTOR POSITION)
160°F (71°C) Sprinkler/
139°F (59°C) Cover Plate SPRINKLER
NOTE: Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature for the
ASSEMBLY
ordinary temperature configuration is 100°F (38°C) THREAD INTO RETAINER
Intermediate* SUPPORT WITH THREAD
CUP UNTIL DIMPLES
212°F (100°C) Sprinkler/ MOUNTING
165°F (74°C) Cover Plate SURFACE IS
*For wet pipe systems only
NOTE: Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature for the
FLUSH WITH
intermediate temperature configuration is 150°F (65°C) CEILING EJECTION
SPRING
Vertical Adjustment
1/2 in. (12,7 mm)
Finishes
See the Ordering Procedure section SOLDER COVER PLATE COVER
Physical Characteristics TAB ASSEMBLY PLATE
Body ��Brass FIGURE 1
Cap ��Bronze
Saddle ��Brass RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL
Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER (TY3596)
Soldered Link Halves �� Nickel
Lever ��Bronze allowing the sprinkler to activate and idential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers
Compression Screw ��Brass
Deflector �� Copper or Brass flow water. may be utilized in dry pipe systems, per
Guide Pin Housing ��Bronze the UL and C-UL Listing.
Guide Pins . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel or Bronze
Support Cup �� Steel
Design Criteria Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP485
Cover Plate ��Copper/Brass** about the use of residential sprinklers
Retainer �� Copper
The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series in residential dry pipe systems.
Cover Plate Ejection Spring. . . . . Stainless Steel LFII Residential Concealed Pendent
Sprinklers (TY3596) are UL and C-UL Ceiling Types
** Brass Cover Plate is offered for Intermediate Tem-
perature 165°F (74°C) only. Listed for installation in accordance Smooth flat horizontal, beamed, or
with this section. sloped in accordance with NFPA 13D,
Operation Note: When conditions exist that are
13R, or 13 as applicable.
When exposed to heat from a fire, the outside the scope of the provided cri- Hydraulic Design
Cover Plate, which is normally soldered teria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler (NFPA 13D and 13R)
to the Retainer at three points, falls Design Guide TFP490 for the manu- For systems designed to NFPA 13D or
away to expose the sprinkler assembly. facturer's recommendations that may NFPA 13R, the minimum required sprin-
At this point the Deflector supported by be acceptable to the authority having kler flow rates are given in Tables A and
the Arms drops down to its operated jurisdiction. B as a function of temperature rating
position. The fusible link of the sprin- and the maximum allowable coverage
System Types areas.
kler assembly is comprised of two link Per the UL and C-UL Listing, the
halves that are soldered together with 160°F (71°C) and 212°F (100°C) LFII The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum
a thin layer of solder. When the rated Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin- required discharge from each of the
temperature is reached, the solder klers may be utilized in wet pipe total number of “design sprinklers” as
melts and the two link-halves separate systems. Only the 160°F (71°C) LFII Res- specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R.
26
TFP442
Page 3 of 6
WET PIPE SYSTEM

Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure 2, 3
Maximum Maximum Temp. Rating
Coverage Spacing 160°F (71°C), 212°F (100°C) Minimum
Area 1 ft Deflector to Installation Spacing
ft x ft (m) Flow Pressure Ceiling Type ft
(m x m)
GPM psi (m)
(LPM) (bar)
12 x 12 12 13 7.0
(3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Smooth
Ceilings
14 x 14 14 13 7.0 7/8 to 1-1/8 in.
(4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) (49,2) (0,48)
Beamed
Ceilings per
16 x 16 16 13 7.0 8
NFPA 13D or Concealed
(4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) (49,2) (0,48) (2,4)
13R, or 13.
Installed in
18 x 18 18 17 12.0 beam
(5,5 x 5,5) (5,5) (64,3) (0,83) 7/8 to 1-1/8 in.
below bottom
20 x 20 20 20 16.7 of beam
(6,1 x 6,1) (6,1) (75,7) (1,15)
Notes:
1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage
area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated.
2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated
using the nominal K-factor. See Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section.
3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 GPM/ft 2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in
this table must be used.
TABLE A
WET PIPE SYSTEM
SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER (TY3596)
NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA
DRY PIPE SYSTEM

Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure 2, 3
Maximum Maximum Ordinary Temp. Rating
Coverage Spacing 160°F (71°C) Minimum
Area 1 ft Deflector to Installation Spacing
ft x ft (m) Flow Pressure Ceiling Type ft
(m x m)
GPM psi (m)
(LPM) (bar)
12 x 12 12 13 7.0
(3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Smooth
Ceilings
14 x 14 14 14 8.2 7/8 to 1-1/8 in.
(4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) (53,0) (0,57)
Beamed
Ceilings per
16 x 16 16 15 9.4 8
NFPA 13D or Concealed
(4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) (56,8) (0,65) (2,4)
13R, or 13.
Installed in
18 x 18 18 18 13.5 beam
(5,5 x 5,5) (5,5) (68,1) (0,93) 7/8 to 1-1/8 in.
below bottom
20 x 20 20 21 18.4 of beam
(6,1 x 6,1) (6,1) (79,5) (1,27)
Notes:
1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage
area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated.
2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated us-
ing the nominal K-factor. See Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section.
3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 GPM/ft 2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in
this table must be used.
TABLE B
DRY PIPE SYSTEM
RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT (TY3596)
NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA
27
TFP442
Page 4 of 6
2-1/2" DIA. TEMPERATURE PROFILE AIR

(63,5 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) RATING DEPTH GAP
1/2" THREADED ORDINARY 3/16” (4,8 mm) 1/8" (3,2 mm) COVER PLATE OPERATED
NPT ADJUSTMENT INTERMEDIATE 5/32” (4,0 mm) 3/32" (2,4 mm) RETAINER SPRINKLER
FACE OF
SPRINKLER SPRINKLER-
1-7/8"±1/4" FITTING SUPPORT CUP
(47,6 mm ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING
±6,4 mm) SURFACE
5/8" (15,9 mm)

COVER- SPRINKLER-
RETAINER SUPPORT CUP PROFILE AIR 1-1/8" (28,6 mm)
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY DEPTH GAP
(SEE (SEE
3-3/16" DIA. TABLE) TABLE) DISPOSABLE DEFLECTOR IN
(81,0 mm) TIP PROTECTIVE CAP OPERATED POSITION
FIGURE 2
RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER (TY3596)
INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, PROTECTIVE CAP, AND ACTIVATED DEFLECTOR
The number of “design sprinklers” Operational Sensitivity

WRENCH
specified in NFPA 13D and 13R for wet The sprinklers are to be installed rela- RECESS
pipe systems is to be applied when tive to the ceiling mounting surface as
designing dry pipe systems. shown in Figure 2.
Hydraulic Design Sprinkler Spacing
(NFPA 13) The minimum spacing between sprin-
For systems designed to NFPA 13, the klers is 8 ft (2,4 m). The maximum
number of design sprinklers is to be spacing between sprinklers cannot
the four most hydraulically demanding exceed the length of the coverage area
sprinklers. The minimum required dis- (see Table A or B) being hydraulically
calculated, for example, maximum 12 ft PUSH WRENCH
charge from each of the four sprinklers IN TO ENSURE
is to be the greater of the following: for a 12 ft x 12 ft coverage area, or 20 ft
ENGAGEMENT
for a 20 ft x 20 ft coverage area. WITH SPRINKLER
• The flow rates given in Tables A and
B as a function of temperature rating The Series LFII must not be used WRENCHING AREA
and the maximum allowable cover- in applications where the air pres- FIGURE 3
age area sure above the ceiling is greater than W-TYPE 18
that below. Down drafts through the SPRINKLER WRENCH
• A m i n i m u m d i s c h a r g e o f Support Cup could delay sprinkler
0.1 GPM/ft 2 over the design area operation in a fire situation.
comprised of the four most hydrauli- Step 1. The sprinkler must only be
Installation
cally demanding sprinklers for actual installed in the pendent position and
coverage areas protected by the four with the centerline of the sprinkler per-
sprinklers pendicular to the mounting surface.
The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series
The number of design sprinklers speci- LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap.
fied in NFPA 13 for wet pipe systems is Sprinklers (TY3596) must be installed Step 3. With pipe thread sealant
to be applied when designing dry pipe in accordance with this section. applied to the pipe threads, and
systems. using the W-Type 18 Wrench shown
General Instructions
Dry Pipe System Water Delivery Damage to the fusible Link Assembly in Figure 3, install and tighten the
When using the Series LFII Residen- during installation can be avoided by Sprinkler/ Support Cup Assembly into
tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers in handling the sprinkler by the support the fitting. The W-Type 18 Wrench will
dry pipe sprinkler systems, the time cup only. Therefore, do not apply pres- accept a 1/2 in. ratchet drive.
for water delivery must not exceed 15 sure to the fusible Link Assembly. Step 4. Replace the Protective Cap by
seconds for the most remote operat- pushing it upwards until it bottoms out
ing sprinkler. A 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be
obtained with a minimum to maximum against the Support Cup. The Protec-
Obstruction to torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). tive Cap helps prevent damage to the
Water Distribution Higher levels of torque may distort the Deflector and Guide Pins during ceiling
Sprinklers are to be located in accor- sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage installation and/or during application of
dance with the obstruction rules of or impairment of the sprinkler. the finish coating of the ceiling. It may
NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable also be used to locate the center of the
Do not attempt to compensate for clearance hole by gently pushing the
for residential sprinklers as well as with insufficient adjustment in the Cover
the obstruction criteria described within ceiling material against the center point
Plate Assembly by under-or over- of the Cap.
the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. tightening the Sprinkler. Readjust the
position of the sprinkler fitting to suit.
28
TFP442
Page 5 of 6
Note: As long as the protective Cap

remains in place, the system is consid-
Factory painted Cover Plates must not
be repainted. They should be replaced, Limited
ered to be “Out Of Service.”
Step 5. After the ceiling has been com-
if necessary, by factory painted
units. Non-factory applied paint may Warranty
adversely delay or prevent sprinkler For warranty terms and conditions, visit
pleted with the 2-1/2 in. (63 mm) diam- operation in the event of a fire.
eter clearance hole and in preparation www.tyco-fire.com.
for installing the Cover Plate Assembly, Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to
remove and discard the Protective Cap,
and verify that the Deflector moves up
the Enclosure. Separation may result.
Ordering
Sprinklers which are found to be
and down freely. leaking or exhibiting visible signs of
corrosion must be replaced.
Procedure
If the sprinkler has been damaged and
the Deflector does not move up and Contact your local distributor for avail-
Automatic sprinklers must never be ability. When placing an order, indicate
down freely, replace the entire sprinkler painted, plated, coated, or otherwise
assembly. Do not attempt to modify or the full product name and part number
altered after leaving the factory. Modi- (P/N).
repair a damaged sprinkler. fied or over heated sprinklers must be
Step 6. Push on the Cover Plate replaced. Sprinkler Assemblies
Assembly until its flange comes in Specify: Series LFII (TY3596) 4.9K Res-
Care must be exercised to avoid idential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler,
contact with the ceiling. damage before, during, and after instal- P/N (specify):
Do not continue to push on the Cover lation. Sprinklers damaged by drop-
160°F (71°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-112-1-160
Plate Assembly such that it lifts a ping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, 212°F (100°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-112-1-212
ceiling panel out of its normal position. or the like, must be replaced.
Note: Sprinkler and Cover Plates are
If the Cover Plate Assembly cannot The owner is responsible for the separately sold. See below for Cover
be engaged with the Mounting Cup inspection, testing, and maintenance of Plate ordering information.
or the Cover Plate Assembly cannot their fire protection system and devices
be engaged sufficiently to contact the in compliance with this document, as Cover Plate Assemblies
ceiling, the Sprinkler Fitting must be well as with the applicable standards Specify: LFII Concealed Sprinkler
repositioned. of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION Cover Plate Assembly, temperature
ASSOCIATION, for example, NFPA 25, rating (specify), (specify) finish, P/N
Care and in addition to the standards of any other
authorities having jurisdiction. Contact
(specify):
139°F (59°C)
Maintenance the installing contractor or product
manufacturer with any questions.
Ivory (RAL1015) �� 56-204-0-135
Bright Chrome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-1-135
Beige (RAL1001) �� 56-204-2-135
The T YCO R APID RESPONSE The owner must assure that the sprin- Pure White (RAL9010)* �� 56-204-3-135
Series LFII Residential Concealed klers are not used for hanging any Signal White (RAL9003)** �� 56-204-4-135
Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) must be objects and that the sprinklers are only Grey White (RAL9002) �� 56-204-5-135
maintained and serviced in accordance cleaned by means of gently dusting Brown (RAL8028) �� 56-204-6-135
with this section. with a feather duster; otherwise, non- Black (RAL9005) ��56-204-7-135
Brushed Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-8-135
Before closing a fire protection system operation in the event of a fire or inad- Brushed Chrome �� 56-204-9-135
main control valve for maintenance vertent operation may result. Custom Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-X-135
work on the fire protection system Automatic sprinkler systems should be 165°F (74°C)
which it controls, permission to shut inspected, tested, and maintained by a Ivory (RAL1015) ��56-204-0-165
down the affected fire protection qualified Inspection Service in accor- Bright Chrome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-1 165
system must be obtained from the Beige (RAL1001) �� 56-204-2-165
dance with local requirements and/or Pure White (RAL9010)* �� 56-204-3-165
proper authorities and all personnel national codes. Signal White (RAL9003)** �� 56-204-4-165
who may be affected by this action Grey White (RAL9002) �� 56-204-5-165
must be notified. Brown (RAL8028) ��56-204-6-165
Black (RAL9005) �� 56-204-7-165
Absence of a Cover Plate may delay the Brushed Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-8-165
sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Brushed Chrome �� 56-204-9-165
Custom Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-204-X-165
When properly installed, there is an air
gap between the lip of the Cover Plate *Eastern Hemisphere sales only
**Previously known as Bright White
and the ceiling. The Ordinary Tem-
perature Cover Plate assembly has a Note: All Custom Cover Plates are
nominal 1/8 in. (3,2 mm) air gap. The painted using SHERWIN-WILLIAMS
Intermediate Temperature Cover Plate Interior Latex Paint. Contact Johnson
has a nominal 3/32 (2,4 mm) air gap, Controls Customer Service with any
as shown in Figure 2. This air gap is questions related to custom orders.
necessary for proper operation of the Sprinkler Wrench
sprinkler by allowing heat flow from a Specify: W-Type 18 Sprinkler Wrench,
fire to pass below and above the Cover P/N 56-000-1-265
Plate to help assure appropriate release
of the Cover Plate in a fire situation. If
the ceiling is to be repainted after the
installation of the Sprinkler, care must
be exercised to ensure that the new
paint does not seal off any of the air
gap.
29
TFP442
Page 6 of 6

TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont; SHERWIN-WILLIAMS is a registered trademark of SWIMC LLC 30
Worldwide
www.tyco-fire.com
Contacts
Series TY-FRB — 5.6 K-factor

Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers
Quick Response, Standard Coverage
General of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that
which would otherwise be obtained
Description when exposed to corrosive atmo-
spheres. Although corrosion resistant
The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- coated sprinklers have passed the
zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers standard corrosion tests of the appli-
described in this data sheet are quick cable approval agencies, the testing is
response -standard coverage, dec- not representative of all possible cor-
orative 3 mm glass bulb type spray rosive atmospheres. Consequently,
sprinklers designed for use in light and it is recommended that the end user
ordinary hazard, commercial occu- be consulted with respect to the suit-
pancies such as banks, hotels, shop- ability of these coatings for any given
ping malls, etc. They are designed for corrosive environment. The effects of
installation along a wall or the side of ambient temperature, concentration of
a beam and just beneath a smooth chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity,
ceiling. Sidewall sprinklers are com- should be considered, as a minimum,
monly used instead of pendent or along with the corrosive nature of the
upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or chemical to which the sprinklers will be
building construction considerations, exposed.
where piping across the ceiling is not
desirable. NOTICE
The recessed version of the Series The Series T Y-FRB Sprinklers
TY-FRB Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler described herein must be installed
is intended for use in areas with a fin- and maintained in compliance with
ished wall. It uses a two-piece Style this document, as well as with the
10 Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 in. applicable standards of the National
(12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up Fire Protection Association, in addition
to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total adjustment to the standards of any other authori-
from the flush sidewall position, or a ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so
two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutch- may impair the performance of these
eon with 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) of recessed devices.
adjustment or up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) The owner is responsible for main-
of total adjustment from the flush side- taining their fire protection system
wall position. The adjustment provided and devices in proper operating con-
by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces
the accuracy to which the fixed pipe
dition. Contact the installing contrac-
tor or product manufacturer with any
Technical
nipples to the sprinklers must be cut.
Corrosion resistant coatings, where
questions. Data
applicable, are utilized to extend the life Sprinkler Approvals
UL and C-UL Listed
IMPORTANT
Identification FM Approved
LPCB Approved
Numbers NYC Approved
(Refer to Table A for complete approval
regulatory and health information. TY3331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal information including corrosion resistant
TY3431. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical status.)
Always refer to Technical Data
Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER Maximum Working Pressure
WARNING” that provides cautions Refer to Table B
with respect to handling and instal- Discharge Coefficient
lation of sprinkler systems and com- K=5.6 GPM/psi1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar1/2 )
ponents. Improper handling and
installation can permanently damage Temperature Ratings
a sprinkler system or its compo- Refer to Table A
Page 1 of 6 JULY 2018 TFP176

31
TFP176
Page 2 of 6
DEFLECTOR DEFLECTOR
1 - Frame HAT 5 1 - Frame HAT 5
2 - Button 2 - Button
3 - Sealing 3 - Sealing
Assembly Assembly
4 - Bulb 4 - Bulb
5 - Compression 5 - Compression
Screw Screw
6 - Deflector * 6 - Deflector *
6* 4 2 3 1 6* 4 2 3 1
9/16" WRENCH 1/2" ** 9/16" WRENCH 1/2"

(14,3 mm) FLATS NPT (14,3 mm) FLATS NPT
1-13/16" 7/16" 1-13/16" 7/16"

(46,0 mm) (11,1 mm) (46,0 mm) (11,1 mm)
CENTERLINE NOMINAL CENTERLINE NOMINAL
OF SPRINKLER MAKE-IN OF SPRINKLER MAKE-IN
WATERWAY WATERWAY
1-1/2" 1-1/2"
(38,1 mm) (38,1 mm)
ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON
PLATE SEATING 2-3/16" PLATE SEATING 2-3/16"
SURFACE (55,6 mm) SURFACE (55,6 mm)
STYLE 10 or 20 STYLE 10
RECESSED RECESSED
ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON
* Temperature rating is * Temperature rating is

indicated on Deflector indicated on Deflector
** Pipe thread connections

per ISO 7-1 can be
provided on special
request 2-7/8" DIA. 2-7/8" DIA.
(73,0 mm) (73,0 mm)
ALL FINISHES EXCEPT POLY-STAINLESS POLY-STAINLESS FINISH ONLY

FIGURE 1
5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE
SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) SPRINKLERS
Finishes
Sprinkler: Refer to Table C
Poly-Stainless
Physical Characteristics Design
Criteria
Frame ��Bronze
Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L316 Stainless Steel*
White, Jet Black, Grey Aluminum, Chrome Bulb �� Glass
Plated, or Brass Plated Compression Screw ��L316 Stainless Steel* The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hor-
HSW Deflector �� Copper/Bronze izontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprin-
Physical Characteristics Sealing Assembly. . Gold Plated Beryllium Nickel
Frame ��Bronze w/TEFLON
klers are intended for fire protection
Button �� Brass/Copper *Type L316 stainless steel (UNS 31603) per ASTM systems designed in accordance with
Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON A479/479M or BS EN 1008 WN1.4404. the standard installation rules rec-
Bulb �� Glass ognized by the applicable Listing or
HSW Deflector ��Bronze Operation Approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is
VSW Deflector �� Copper based on the requirements of NFPA
The glass bulb contains a fluid which 13, and FM Approval is based on the
expands when exposed to heat. When requirements of FM’s Loss Prevention
the rated temperature is reached, the Data Sheets). Only the Style 10 or 20
fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable,
glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to is to be used for recessed horizontal
activate and water to flow. installations.
32
TFP176
Page 3 of 6
Installation * Temperature
rating is
** Pipe thread
connections
1 - Frame
2 - Button
4 - Bulb 7 - Ejection
5 - Compression Spring
The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- indicated on per ISO 7-1 can 3 - Sealing Screw
zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers Deflector. be provided on Assembly 6 - Deflector *
must be installed in accordance with special request.
this section.
ARROW MUST
General Instructions POINT AWAY
Do not install any bulb type sprinkler 7/16" FROM AND BE
if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss ESCUTCHEON (11,1 mm) PERPENDICULAR
of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- PLATE SEATING NOMINAL TO THE BACK
kler held horizontally, a small air bubble SURFACE 1/2" ** MAKE-IN WALL SURFACE
should be present. The diameter of the NPT
air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. 6*
(1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to
3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) 5
temperature ratings. FLOW
A leak tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint 2-3/16" 2-3/16" 4

should be obtained with a torque of (55,6 mm) (55,6 mm)
7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Higher 1-1/2" 2
levels of torque may distort the sprin- (38,1 mm) WRENCH
kler and cause leakage or impairment FLATS
7 3
of the sprinkler.
Do not attempt to make-up for insuf- 1
ficient adjustment in the escutcheon SHOWN SHOWN CROSS
plate by under-or over-tightening the PENDENT UPRIGHT SECTION
sprinkler. Readjust the position of the
sprinkler fitting to suit. FIGURE 2
5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE
Series TY-FRB Horizontal and SERIES TY-FRB VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431) SPRINKLERS
Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler
Installation
The Series TY-FRB Horizontal and
Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be
Series TY-FRB Recessed
Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Care and
installed in accordance with the fol-
lowing instructions.
Installation
The Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizon- Maintenance
tal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori-
Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers in accordance with this section. zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers
are to be installed in the horizontal must be maintained and serviced in
Step A. Recessed horizontal sidewall
position with their centerline of water- accordance with this section.
sprinklers are to be installed in the hori-
way perpendicular to the back wall and
zontal position with their centerline of Before closing a fire protection system
parallel to the ceiling. The word “TOP”
waterway perpendicular to the back main control valve for maintenance
on the Deflector is to face towards the
wall and parallel to the ceiling. The work on the fire protection system that
ceiling.
word “TOP” on the Deflector is to face it controls, permission to shut down the
Vertical sidewall sprinklers are to be towards the ceiling. affected fire protection system must be
installed in the pendent or upright obtained from the proper authorities
Step B. After installing the Style 10 or
position with the arrow on the Deflec- and all personnel who may be affected
20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler
tor pointing away from the wall. by this action must be notified.
threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into
Step 2. With pipe thread sealant the sprinkler fitting. Absence of an escutcheon, which is
applied to the pipe threads, hand used to cover a clearance hole, may
Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the
tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler delay the time to sprinkler operation in
sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type
fitting. a fire situation.
7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref.
Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the Figure 6). With reference to Figure Sprinklers that are found to be leaking
sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 1, the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion
6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 5), With Wrench is to be applied to the sprin- must be replaced.
reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type kler wrench flats.
6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to Automatic sprinklers must never be
Step D. After the ceiling has been painted, plated, coated or other-
the wrench flats.
installed or the finish coat has been wise altered after leaving the factory.
applied, slide on the Style 10 or 20 Modified sprinklers must be replaced.
Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprin- Sprinklers that have been exposed to
kler and push the Closure over the corrosive products of combustion, but
Mounting Plate until its flange comes have not operated, should be replaced
in contact with the ceiling. if they cannot be completely cleaned
by brushing it with a soft bristle brush.
Care must be exercised to avoid
damage to the sprinklers before,
during, and after installation. Spriklers
33
TFP176
Page 4 of 6
5/8±1/4"
(15,9±6,4 mm)
FACE OF WRENCH RECESS

MOUNTING
SPRINKLER (END "A" USED FOR
SURFACE
FITTING 1/2" NPT MODELS)
FIGURE 5
CLOSURE W-TYPE 6
SPRINKLER WRENCH
2-7/8" DIA.
(73,0 mm)
SERIES
TY-FRB 2-1/4" DIA. WRENCH
(57,2 mm) RECESS
MOUNTING
PLATE
1/8"
(3,2 mm)
PUSH WRENCH
1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) IN TO ENSURE
3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) ENGAGEMENT
WITH SPRINKLER
FIGURE 3 WRENCHING AREA
SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER
WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT FIGURE 6
STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON W-TYPE 7 RECESSED
SPRINKLER WRENCH
1/2±1/8"
(12,7±3,2 mm)
FACE OF
MOUNTING
SPRINKLER
SURFACE
FITTING
CLOSURE
2-7/8" DIA.
(73,0 mm)
SERIES
TY-FRB 2-1/4" DIA.
(57,2 mm)
MOUNTING
PLATE
1/8"
(3,2 mm)
1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm)

1" (25,4 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm)
FIGURE 4
SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER
WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT
STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON
34
TFP176
Page 5 of 6
SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 11)
K TYPE TEMP. BULB NATURAL CHROME

LIQUID BRASS PLATED POLYESTERc POLY- LEAD
STAINLESSc COATED
155°F (68°C) Red
HORIZ.
SIDEWALL 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 3, 9 1, 2 1, 2, 3, 9
(TY3331)
200°F (93°C) Green
286°F (141°C) Blue
5.6 RECESSED
1/2 in. HORIZ. 155°F (68°C) Red
NPT SIDEWALL 1, 2, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 9 1, 2 N/A
(TY3331)a 175°F (79°C) Yellow
Figure 3
200°F (93°C) Green
RECESSED
HORIZ. 155°F (68°C) Red
SIDEWALL 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 N/A N/A
(TY3331)b 175°F (79°C) Yellow
Figure 4
200°F (93°C) Green
VERTICAL 135°F (57°C) Orange

SIDEWALL 155°F (68°C) Red
5.6 (TY3431)
1/2 in. Installed 175°F (79°C) Yellow 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 N/A 5, 6, 7, 9
NPT Pendent
or 200°F (93°C) Green
Upright 286°F (141°C) Blue
NOTES:
1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm) top of deflec-
tor to ceiling distance.
2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to
300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance.
3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to
ceiling distance.
4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007a/04) at a 4 to 6 in. (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the
thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers.
5. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies.
6. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies.
7. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies.
8. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06 & 007a/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers.
9. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.
10. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) at a 4 to 6 in. (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the
thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers.
11. Where Polyester Coated and Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers.
Where Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers.
a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) 3/4 in.Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon.
b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon.
c. Frame and deflector only.
TABLE A
damaged by dropping, striking, wrench Thereafter, annual inspections per ing contractor or product manufacturer
twist/slippage, or the like, must be NFPA 25 should suffice; however, with any questions.
replaced. Also, replace any sprikler instead of inspecting from the floor It is recommended that automatic
that has a cracked bulb or that has lost level, a random sampling of close-up sprinkler systems be inspected, tested,
liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation visual inspections should be made, so and maintained by a qualified Inspec-
Section). as to better determine the exact sprin- tion Service in accordance with local
kler condition and the long term integ-
The owner must assure that the sprin- requirements and/or national codes.
rity of the corrosion resistant coating,
klers are not used for hanging any
as it may be affected by the corrosive
objects and that the sprinklers are only
conditions present.
cleaned by means of gently dusting
with a feather duster; otherwise, non- The owner is responsible for the
operation in the event of a fire or inad- inspection, testing, and maintenance of
vertent operation may result. their fire protection system and devices
Frequent visual inspections are rec-
well as with the applicable standards
ommended to be initially performed
of the National Fire Protection Asso-
for corrosion resistant coated sprin-
ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to
klers, after the installation has been
the standards of any other authorities
completed, to verify the integrity
having jurisdiction. Contact the install-
of the corrosion resistant coating.
35
TFP176
Page 6 of 6
SPRINKLER FINISH
K TYPE NATURAL BRASS CHROME PLATED POLYESTER LEAD COATED
250 PSI (17,2 BAR)

HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) or
175PSI (12,1 BAR)
5.6 RECESSED HORIZ.
1/2 in. SIDEWALL (TY3331) (SEE NOTE 1)
NPT
VERTICAL SIDEWALL 175 PSI (12,1 BAR)
(TY3431)
NOTES:
1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in
Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York.
TABLE B
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE
P/N 57 – XXX – X – XXX
SIN FINISH RATINGS
378 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL TY3331 1 NATURAL BRASS 135 135°F (57°C)
POLY-STAINLESS GREY 155 155°F (68°C)

375 VERTICAL SIDEWALL TY3431 2 ALUMINUM (RAL9007)1
POLYESTER
175 175°F (79°C)
PURE WHITE (RAL9010)2
3 POLYESTER
200 200°F (93°C)
SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003)
4 POLYESTER
286 286°F (141°C)
JET BLACK (RAL9005)3
5 POLYESTER
7 LEAD COATED
9 CHROME PLATED
NOTES:
1. Available for TY3331 only.
2. Eastern Hemisphere sales only.
3. Available in 155°F (68°C) or 200°F (93°C
temperature rating only.
TABLE C
SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS
Limited Ordering Recessed Escutcheon

Specify: Style (10 or 20) Recessed
Warranty Procedure Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N
(specify*)
For warranty terms and conditions, visit Contact your local distributor for avail- * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770
www.tyco-fire.com ability. When placing an order, indicate Sprinkler Wrench
the full product name and Part Number Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench,
(P/N). P/N 56-000-6-387
Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench,
Thread Connections: P/N 56-850-4-001
Specify: Series TY-FRB (specify SIN),
(specify K-factor), (specify) Horizontal
Sidewall or Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler,
Standard Response, Standard
Coverage, (specify) temperature
rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N
(specify from Table C)
USAGES MULTIPLES
E X T I N C T E U R S
POUDRE CHIMIQUE
SÈCHE ABC
Atteint ou dépasse :
ANSI/UL 299 & 711
LISTED Étiquettes Anglais / Espagnol
Atteint ou dépasse :
CAN/ULC-S504 et S508
LISTED Étiquettes Anglais / Français

homologué
Robuste
et entretien facile
Les extincteurs à poudre chimique Cylindre en acier avec carénage de protection
à usages multiples ABC STRIKE FIRST
Fini en poudre de polyester super durable avec
sont conçus pour : résistance élevée à la corrosion
la Classe A Jauge hydrofuge en acier inoxydable
bois, papier, tissus
Poignées renforcées en acier pleine prise avec
la Classe B fini en poudre de polyester
liquides et gaz inflammables Goupille en acier inoxydable surdimensionnée avec sangle
de retenue pour une activation plus facile et plus rapide
la Classe C
conductivité électrique Étiquettes en couleur avec code à barres pour un
service précis
www.strike-first.com
37
Conformité à la norme 10 de l’association nationale de protection contre l’incendie (NFPA)
Conforme aux exigences du DOT
Approuvé par la garde côtière américaine (USCG) avec support mentionné sur l’étiquette
Plage de températures : -65 à 120 °F (-54 à 49 °C)
Garantie de 6 ans
Capacité 2.5 lb 5 lb 5 lb 10 lb 20 lb 30 lb
UL Modèle n0 SF-ABC110ST SF-ABC210ALV SF-ABC340ALV SF-ABC480AP SF-ABC1020AP SF-ABC30
ULC Modèle n0 WBDL-ABC110 WBDL-ABC310LV WBDL-ABC340LV WBDL-ABC10 WBDL-ABC20 WBDL-ABC30
Cote UL 1-A : 10-B:C 2-A : 10-B:C 3-A : 40-B:C 4-A : 80-B:C 10-A : 120-B:C 10-A : 120-B:C
Cote ULC 1-A : 10-B:C 3-A : 10-B:C 3-A : 40-B:C 6-A : 80-B:C 10-A : 120-B:C 10-A : 120-B:C
Approbation de la
Type A Taille II, Type A Taille II, Type A Taille II, Type A Taille II, Type A Taille II,
garde côtière Type B:C Taille I
Type B:C Taille I Type B:C Taille I Type B:C Taille II Type B:C Taille III Type B:C Taille IV
américaine (USCG)
Portée 8 à 10 pi (2,5 à 3 m) 8 à 10 pi (2,5 à 3 m) 8 à 10 pi (2,5 à 3 m) 10 à 15 pi (3 à 4,5 m) 10 à 15 pi (3 à 4,5 m) 10 à 15 pi (3 à 4,5 m)
Durée de projection 9 secondes 13 secondes 13 secondes 15 secondes 28 secondes 28 secondes
lb/po² 150 195 195 235 235 195
Hauteur 15 1/4 po (39 cm) 15 1/4 po (39 cm) 16 po (41 cm) 21 1/4 po (54 cm) 24 po (61 cm) 30 3/4 po (78 cm)
Largeur 3 3/4 po (9,5 cm) 6 3/4 po (17 cm) 6 3/4 po (17 cm) 8 po (20,3 cm) 9 1/2 po (24 cm) 9 1/2 po (24 cm)
Diamètre 3 1/8 po (8 cm) 4 1/4 po (11 cm) 4 1/4 po (11 cm) 5 1/8 po (13 cm) 7 1/8 po (18 cm) 7 1/8 po (18 cm)
Poids 4 1/2 lb (2 kg) 10 1/2 lb (4,8 kg) 10 1/2 lb (4,8 kg) 19 1/4 lb (8,8 kg) 35 1/4 lb (16,1 kg) 50 1/3 lb (22,8 kg)
Option couleur chrome OUI – OUI OUI – –
Support Mur ou véhicule/ Mur ou véhicule/

Véhicule / Marine Paroi Paroi Paroi
standard marine marine
UB-5DB UB-5DB HDVB-4

Supports Paroi UP-10MD
UB-5MD UB-5MD HDVB-3 CHARIOT POUR
en option UP2-DB HDVB-2
HDVB-1 HDVB-1 SERVICE INTENSIF
777 Tapscott Road Tél 416 299-7767 ADC info@strike-first.com

c o r p o r a t i o n
Scarborough NSF 1 888 575-1132 www.strike-first.com
Ontario, Canada M1X 1A2 Téléc 416 299-8039
NSF 1 888 575-1134
38
39
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
CLASSIC SERIES for 5 lb Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers
MODEL: C - 100
SPECIFICATIONS:
Door & Tub: 18GA. Galvanized Steel Construction
Size: 20 1/2"h X 8 1/2"w X 6"d
Finish: Electrostatically applied baked white enamel paint
Label: UV Resistant Decal
Includes: Keyed Alike Cylinder Lock with Key
Scored Acrylic (17 7/8"h X 8"w)
Breaker Bar & Chain
Packaging: Individually boxed
Option: Recessing Frame Available

w/ 1/2" Turnback on trim
Adjustable depth
1 3/8"
1 5/8"
23 7/8"
20 1/2" 20 1/2"
17 3/4"
6"
8 1/2"
11 1/4"
FRONT SIDE RECESSING FRAME

(Optional) 1/2" T.B.
1455 Rue Pitfield, Saint-Laurent, QC, H4S 1G3

Tel : 514 333 3389 / Fax: 514 333 1887
www.cfhsecurite.com 40 MADE IN CANADA
ES-757/757N
For Non-Health Hazard Applications
Job Name –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Job Location –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Approval ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Engineer –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Contractor’s P.O. No. –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Approval –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Representative –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
LEAD FREE*
Series 757, 757N
Double Check Valve Assemblies
Sizes: 21⁄2" – 10" (65 to 250mm)
Series 757, 757N Double Check Valve Assemblies are used to
prevent backflow of non-health hazard pollutants that are objec-
tionable but not toxic, from entering the potable water supply
system. Series 757, 757N may be installed under continuous
pressure service and may be subjected to backpressure and
backsiphonage. Series 757, 757N consists of two independently 757OSY
operating check valves, two shutoff valves, and four test cocks.
Features
• Extremely compact design
• 70% Lighter than traditional designs
• 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless steel housing & sleeve
• Groove fittings allow integral pipeline adjustment
• Patented tri-link check provides lowest pressure loss
• Unmatched ease of serviceability
• Available with grooved butterfly valve shutoffs
• Available for horizontal, vertical or N pattern installations 757NBFG
• Replaceable check disc rubber
• Sizes 21⁄2", 3" and 4" (65, 80 and 100mm) available with
quarter-turn ball valve shutoffs
Specifications
The Double Check Valve Assembly shall consist of two inde-
pendent tri-link check modules within a single housing, sleeve
access port, four test cocks and two drip tight shut-off valves. 757OSY
Tri-link checks shall be removable and serviceable, without (Vertical)
the use of special tools. The housing shall be constructed of
304 Schedule 40 stainless steel pipe with groove end connec-
tions. Tri-link checks shall have reversible elastomer discs and
in operation shall produce drip tight closure against reverse flow
caused by backpressure or backsiphonage. Assembly shall be a
Watts Series 757, 757N.
*The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water

contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight.
Watts product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measurements,
please contact Watts Technical Service. Watts reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials with-
out prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Watts products previously or subsequently sold.
41
Available Models Materials
Suffix: Housing & Sleeve: 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel
NRS – non-rising stem resilient seated gate valves Elastomers: EPDM, Silicone and Buna-N
OSY – UL/FM outside stem and yoke, resilient Tri-link Checks: Noryl®, Stainless Steel
seated gate valves Check Discs: Reversible Silicone or EPDM
BFG – UL/FM grooved gear operated butterfly valves Test Cocks: Bronze Body Nickel Plated
with tamper switch Pins & Fasteners: 300 Series Stainless Steel
QT – 2 ⁄ ", 3" and 4" (65, 80 and 100mm) quarter-turn
12 Springs: Stainless Steel
ball valves
**OSY FxG – Flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet
Pressure — Temperature
gate connection Temperature Range: 33°F – 140°F (0.5°C – 60°C)
**OSY GxF – Grooved inlet gate connection and flanged outlet Maximum Working Pressure: 175psi (12.1 bar)
gate connection
**OSY GxG – Grooved inlet gate connection and grooved outlet Approvals
gate connection •A
pproved by the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control
Available with grooved NRS gate valves - consult factory** and Hydraulic Research at The Unversity of Southern
Post indicator plate and operating nut available - consult factory** California (FCCCHR-USC)
**Consult factory for dimensions • AWWA C551-92
** **
Dimensions — Weight
1015 B64.5 (**BFG & OSY Only)
C (open) J
I
D
H
A G P
757, 757N
SIZE (DN) DIMENSIONS WEIGHT
A C (OSY) C (NRS) D G H I J P 757NRS 757OSY 757N NRS 757N OSY
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs.
21⁄2 65 303⁄4 781 163⁄8 416 93⁄8 238 31⁄2 89 291⁄16 738 211⁄2 546 151⁄2 393 813⁄16 223 93⁄16 234 115 52 125 57 123 56 133 60
3 80 313⁄4 806 187⁄8 479 101⁄4 260 311⁄16 94 301⁄4 768 221⁄4 565 171⁄8 435 93⁄16 233 101⁄2 267 131 59 145 66 144 65 158 72
4 100 333⁄4 857 223⁄4 578 123⁄16 310 4 102 33 838 231⁄2 597 181⁄2 470 915⁄16 252 113⁄16 284 161 73 161 73 184 83 184 83
6 150 431⁄2 1105 301⁄8 765 16 406 51⁄2 140 443⁄4 1137 331⁄4 845 233⁄16 589 131⁄16 332 15 381 273 124 295 134 314 142 336 152
8 200 493⁄4 1264 373⁄4 959 1915⁄16 506 611⁄16 170 541⁄8 1375 401⁄8 1019 277⁄16 697 1511⁄16 399 173⁄16 437 438 199 480 218 513 233 555
252
10 250 573⁄4 1467 453⁄4 1162 2313⁄16 605 83⁄16 208 66 1676 491⁄2 1257 321⁄2 826 175⁄16 440 20 508 721 327 781 354 891 404 951 431
C J
I
D
A H P
G
757BFG, 757NBFG
A C D G H I J P 757BFG 757N BFG
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs.
21⁄2 65 273⁄4 705 8 203 31⁄2 89 297⁄8 759 211⁄2 546 1415⁄16 379 813⁄16 223 9 229 56 25 64 29
3 80 281⁄4 718 85⁄16 211 311⁄16 94 3011⁄16 779 221⁄4 565 157⁄16 392 93⁄16 233 91⁄2 241 54 24 67 30
4 100 29 737 815⁄16 227 311⁄16 94 3115⁄16 811 231⁄2 597 161⁄4 412 915⁄16 252 10 254 61 28 84 38
6 150 361⁄2 927 10 254 5 127 433⁄16 1097 331⁄4 845 1911⁄16 500 131⁄16 332 101⁄2 267 117 53 157 71
8 200 423⁄4 1086 121⁄4 311 61⁄2 165 511⁄16 1297 401⁄8 1019 235⁄16 592 1511⁄16 399 143⁄16 361 261 118 337 153
Noryl® is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics Holding42
BV.
Dimensions — Weight continued
C J
D I
A P H
P1
G
757QT

A C D G H I J P P1 QT QTN
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs.
21⁄2 65 271⁄4 692 47⁄8 124 67⁄8 175 301⁄4 768 241⁄2 622 161⁄16 407 113⁄8 289 115⁄16 287 115⁄16 287 40 18 50 23
3 80 281⁄4 718 47⁄8 124 67⁄8 175 301⁄4 768 241⁄2 622 169⁄16 420 113⁄8 289 115⁄16 287 115⁄16 287 50 23 60 27
4 100 311⁄2 800 47⁄8 124 67⁄8 175 301⁄4 768 241⁄2 622 185⁄16 465 113⁄8 289 115⁄16 287 115⁄16 287 70 32 80 36
43
Capacity
Series 757, 757N flow curves as tested by Underwriters Laboratory. Flow capacity chart identifies valve performance
Flow characteristics collected using butterfly shutoff valves based upon rated water velocity up to 25fps
• Service Flow is typically determined by a rated
velocity of 7.5fps based upon schedule 40 pipe.
Horizontal Vertical N - Pattern • Rated Flow identifies maximum continuous duty
performance determined by AWWA.
• UL Flow Rate is 150% of Rated Flow and is not
recommended for continuous duty.
• AWWA Manual M22 [Appendix C] recommends
that the maximum water velocity in services be
not more than 10fps.
21⁄2" (65mm) 6" (150mm)

psi psi
Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow
14 12
N N
12
(*FRICTION LOSS)
(*FRICTION LOSS)
10 H
10 H V
PSI DROP
PSI DROP
8 V 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 gpm
0 190 380 570 760 950 1140
1330 lpm 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 gpm
7.5 15 fps 0 1140 2280 3420 4560 5700 lpm
7.5 15 fps
3" (80mm) 8" (200mm)

psi psi Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow
12 Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow
12 N
10 H
(*FRICTION LOSS)
10 H
(*FRICTION LOSS)
N V
PSI DROP
8 8
PSI DROP
6 V
6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 gpm
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 gpm
0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 lpm
0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 lpm
7.5 15 fps
7.5 15 fps
4" (100mm) 10" (250mm)

psi Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow psi Service Flow Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow
24 12
N
20
(*FRICTION LOSS)
(*FRICTION LOSS)
V 10 N
V
PSI DROP
PSI DROP
16 H 8
H
12 6
8 4
4
2
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 gpm
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 gpm
0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 2280 2660 3040 lpm
0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 11400 13300 lpm
7.5 15 fps
7.5 fps
NOTICE
Inquire with governing authorities for local installation
requirements
USA: Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • Watts.com

Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • Watts.ca
Latin America: Tel: (52) 81-1001-8600
ES-757/757N 1730
44 © 2017 Watts
4530 rue Garand, Laval, Québec, H7J 5Z6
www.armstrongfluidtechnology.com
Projet: MDA Prévost n/#: SQO036807

Contracteur: Gicleurs ACME PO: à venir
Préparé par: Nancy Bussières Date: 22 février 2022
Fire Pump Model: Vertical In-Line, 4x3x9PF

Flow: 500 usgpm, Pressure: 95 psi
Pump RPM: 3600 rpm
Pump Approval: ULC, Flange Rating: 125/125psi
Pump Construction: BF, Bronze Fitted
Pump Hand: _______
Close valve pressure = 108.4 psi 09-mars-2022
Max. Suction Pressure: 60 psi
Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi
Motor HP: 40 hp, Motor RPM: 3600 rpm

Motor Voltage: 575/3/60
Motor Approval: UL LISTED
Motor Type: Standard (Across-the-Line)
Motor Enclosure: Open Drip Proof,
Fire Pump Controller Make: Tornatech

Voltage: 575/3/60 Hp:40 hp
Control Panel Type: Autotransformer
Approval: ULC/FM
Std. Withstand Rating: 50000 amps rms
Transfer Switch: Required
Controller Model No: GPR-GPU-40-575
Maximum Working Pressure: 125 psi
Jockey Pump Model: VMS01:10B

Flow: 5 usgpm, Head: 105 psi
Motor HP: 1 hp, Motor Voltage: 575/3/60
Motor RPM: 3600 rpm, Motor Frame Size: 56C
Efficiency: Std, Motor Enclosure: ODP
Std Construction – Pump With Companion Flanges & Motor
Jockey Pump Controller Make: Tornatech

Model: JP3, Voltage: 575/3/60, HP: 1 hp
Jockey Controller Approval: CSA
Standard Options:
Minimum Fittings
Weight: 2365 lbs
45
Submittal Ref. #: SQO036807_2
Product: NFPA Fire System

Model: VIL - Packaged Fire System - Electric
Project name: MDA Prévost - Incendie Representative: Nancy Bussieres
Location: Phone number:
Date submitted: 2/22/2022 9:06 PM e-mail: NBussieres@armstrongfluidtechnology.com
Engineer: Submitted by: Bussieres, Nancy
VIL- PUMP DESIGN DATA

Pump Size 4x3x9PF Fire Pump Listing ULC
Rated Flow 500 USgpm FirePak Connection Grooved
Head 95 psi Fire Pump Controller Mounted and Wired
Suction Orientation Right Jockey Pump Piped and Wired
Flow Meter Loop Not Selected Jockey Pump Controller Mounted and Wired
City By-Pass Loop Not Selected Package Discharge Size 6 in
Package Suction Size 6 in
MOTOR DESIGN DATA

Motor HP 40 hp
Motor RPM (Speed) 3600 rpm
Motor Voltage 575 volts
Motor Phase 3 phase
Motor Cycle 60Hz
Motor Frame Size 286TSC
Motor Enclosure ODP
www.armstrongfluidtechnology.com 2/22/2022 9:06:26 PM, Ref. #SQO036807_2 Page 1 of 2
46
VE RTIC AL I N - LI N E FI R E PAK | File No: f43.1055
Date: december 30, 2021
STAN DAR D AN D JOCK E Y PUMP | S U B M I T TA L Supersedes: f43.1055

Date: april 10, 2019
Job: Representative:
Order no.: Date:
Engineer: Submitted by: Date:
Contractor: Approved by: Date:
tag/ref:
flow head motor hp rpm volt ph hz enclosure
pump data
500 usgpm 95 psi data 40 3600 50 3 60 ODP
suction on right k
f
n p
l q
"c"
test connection grooved
"b"
discharge grooved m "a"
suction grooved
g d
e
h
suction on left k
f n
p
q l
"c"
test connection grooved
m
"a" "b"
suction grooved discharge grooved
g
d e
h
do not use for construction unless certified
47
Vertical In-line FirePak
su b mi t tal Standard and Jockey Pump
pump data
dimensions (inches) max
flow connection (g rooved) over all dimension (ma x ) ba se dimension shipping
pump model
(g pm) q weight*
a b c d e f g h k (length) l (width) m (height) n p (lbs)
(max)
2×1. 5 LA-F 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 10.62 10.62 6 .0 0 13. 87 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 28 . 8 8 1165.0 0
50
2×2×8 FM 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 11.47 11.47 6 .0 0 14.72 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1165.0 0
2×1. 5 LA-F 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 10. 37 10.62 6 .0 0 14. 37 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 28 . 8 8 120 5.0 0
75
2×2×8 FM 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 11. 22 11.47 6 .0 0 15. 22 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 120 5.0 0
2×1. 5 LA-F 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 10. 37 10.62 6 .0 0 14. 37 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 28 . 8 8 120 5.0 0
10 0
2×2×8 FM 2. 5 2. 5 2. 5 11. 22 11.47 6 .0 0 15. 22 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 120 5.0 0
150 2×2×8 FM 3 3 3 10.91 11.47 6 .0 0 15.72 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1225.0 0
200 3×3×8 FM 3 3 3 12.69 12.69 6 .0 0 16 .94 94. 23 120.0 0 3 6 .0 0 61.0 0 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1225.0 0
250 3×3×8 FM 4 4 4 12.19 12.69 6 .0 0 17.69 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 139 0.0 0
3×3×8 FM 4 4 4 12.19 12.69 6 .0 0 17.69 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1425.0 0
300
4×3×9 PF 4 4 4 13.0 0 13.0 0 6 .0 0 18 . 50 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 72. 50 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 1425.00
4×3×9 PF 4 4 4 13.0 0 13.0 0 6 .0 0 18 . 50 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 72. 50 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 1425.0 0
400 5×5×8 FM 4 4 4 14. 84 14. 31 6 .0 0 19. 31 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 1470.0 0
6×4 LA-F 4 4 4 14. 81 13.75 6 .0 0 18 .75 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 1415.0 0
4×3×9 PF 6 6 6 11.94 13.0 0 6 .0 0 19. 50 91.72 120.0 0 41.0 0 72. 50 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 144 0.0 0
450 5×5×8 FM 6 6 4 13.78 14. 31 6 .0 0 20. 81 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1495.0 0
6×4 LA-F 6 6 4 13.75 13.75 6 .0 0 20. 25 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 144 0.0 0
4×3×9 PF 6 6 6 11.94 13.0 0 6 .0 0 19. 50 91.72 120.0 0 41.0 0 72. 50 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 150 0.0 0
50 0 5×5×8 FM 6 6 6 13.78 14. 31 6 .0 0 20. 81 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 159 0.0 0
4×3×9PF 6 6 6 11.94 13.0 0 6 .0 0 19. 50 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 150 0.0 0
6×4 LB-F 6 6 6 15.13 15.13 6 .0 0 21.63 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 34. 8 8 150 0.0 0
750
6×5 LY-F 6 6 6 16 .63 16 .63 6 .0 0 23.13 94. 23 120.0 0 41.0 0 76 . 31 12.0 0 18 .0 0 3 0. 8 8 1535.0 0
8×8×13 FM 8 8 6 17.19 17.19 7. 50 24.94 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
1,0 0 0 8×8×15 FM 8 8 6 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
8×8×16 FM 8 8 6 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
8×8×15 FM 8 8 8 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
1, 250
8×8×16 FM 8 8 8 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
8×8×15 FM 8 8 8 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
1, 50 0
8×8×16 FM 8 8 8 19. 59 19. 59 7. 50 27. 34 123. 33 156 .0 0 46 .0 0 84.0 0 15.0 0 21.0 0 37. 8 8 2410.0 0
toronto
+1 416 755 2291
buffalo
note:
* Max Shipping Weight does not include Fire Pump, Jockey Pump, or Controller weights
+1 716 693 8813
droit wich spa

+44 8444 145 145
manchester
+44 8444 145 145
bangalore
+91 80 4906 3555
shanghai
+86 21 5237 0909
são paulo
+55 11 4785 1330
ly o n
+33 4 26 83 78 74
dubai
+971 4 887 6775
mannheim
+49 621 3999 9858
a r m s t r o n g f lu i d t e c h n o lo g y
jimbolia established 1934 a r m s t r o n g f lu i d t e c h n o lo g y. c o m
+40 256 360 030
48
Series: VIL, Electric Motor

Model: VIL 4x3x9PF 40 hp
PROJECT DETAILS
Tag Num: Qty: 1
Service: Location:
PUMP DESIGN DATA

Pump Size 4x3x9PF
Fire Pump Listing ULC Flange Rating ANSI 125lb Suction/125lb
Discharge
Rated Flow 500 usgpm Rated Head 95 psi
Maximum Suction Pressure 60 psi Maximum Working Pressure 168.4 psi
NPSHR @ Rated Flow 5.04 psi Rated BHP 39.71 hp
NPSHR @ 150% Rated Flow 7.34 psi Peak Power BHP 44.9 hp
Pump Construction BF Motor Service Factor 1.15
MOTOR DESIGN DATA

Motor HP 40 hp Motor Phase 3 Phase
Motor RPM 3600 rpm Motor Cycle 60 HZ
Motor Voltage 575 Volts Motor Type Electric
Motor Frame Size 286TSC Motor Enclosure ODP
49
DIMENSIONAL DATA (in, lb) NOT for CONSTRUCTION
Pump Weight Driver Weight Total Weight
300 lb 290 lb 605 lb [274.42 kg]
50
----Duty Points—-
Rated Flow: 500 usgpm @ 95 psi
Series VIL NPSHR @ Rated flow: 5.04 psi
NPSHR @ 150% Rated Flow: 7.34 psi
4x3x9PF @ 3560 rpm rpm
150 ----Pump Data----
*PT758-0-0
9.250 in Impeller: 8.07 in
125
100% 150% Rated BHP: 39.71 hp
Peak Power: 44.9 hp
Closed Valve Pressure: 108.4 psi
Head (psi)
8.070 in*
100 Approved Listings: ULC
7.250 in ---Electric Motor Data---
75
Motor Supplier: Factory Choice
Size: 40 hp
50 Motor Service Factor: 1.15
25
---Operating Data----
Rated Flow: 500 usgpm
Motor Speed: 3600 rpm
0 NPSHr ULC: 0-0psi
50
---Sample Data Points----
Pt, [Flow], [Head], [Power], [NPSHr];#,
40
[(USgpm)], [(psi)], [(hp)], [(psi)];[1],
Power [0], [108.35], [22.25], [3.6];[2],
Power (hp)
[114.09], [107.1], [25.78], [3.68];[3],

30
[228.18], [105.24], [30.09], [3.89];[4],
[342.27], [102.21], [34.47], [4.25];[5],
[456.36], [97.41], [38.4], [4.78];[6],
20
[570.45], [90.27], [41.49], [5.52];[7],
[684.53], [80.19], [43.57], [6.56];[8],
[798.62], [66.6], [44.6], [8.01];
10
80
70
Eff
60
Eff (%)
50
40
30
20
10
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Water, spgr=1.000 Flow (USgpm)
51
Project: MDA Prévost
Customer: Gicleurs ACME
Engineer:
Pump Manufacturer: Armstrong Fluid Technology
Technical Data
Submittal Document
GPx Series
Full Service
Electric Fire Pump Controller
with Automatic Power Transfer Switch
Contents:
Data Sheets
Dimensional Data
Wiring Schematics
Field Connections
MEMBER
2019 -2020 MEMBER
Note: The drawings included in this package are for controllers

2019 -2020
covered under our standard offering. Actual AS BUILT

drawings may differ from what is shown in this package.MEMBER
2019 -2020
MEMBER
2019 -2020
November 2021
52
Technical Data
GPx Series Full Service Electric Fire Pump Controller
Select starting method
Model GPA Model GPP

Across the line Partwinding
1M 1M T3
3L3
3L3 T3
*
3L2 T2
M
3L2 T2
*
3L1 T1
3L1 T1 CR4
1M 2M T9
M
CR4 CR5 T8
2M
1M T7
3L1
3L1 3L2 3L2
Model GPS Model GPR

Soft Start Soft Stop Autotransformer
1M 1M
3L3 3L3 T3
T3
* M
3L2 T2
3L2
* 3L1
T2
T1
M CR4 CR5 2S
3L1 T1
1S 100%
1M
0% ATR
CR5 1M CR5
1M 2S
3L1 65%
1S
2S
3L1
3L2 Soft Starter 3L2
Model GPY Model GPW

Wye-Delta Open Wye-Delta Closed
1M 3L3
1M
3L3 T3 T3
* *
3L2 T2 3L2 T2
3L1 T1
3L1 T1
M
CR4
M
CR4 1M 2M
1M 2M T5 CR5 1S
T5
T4
CR5 1S T4
2M
2M(LB) CR3A T6
2M
T6 3L1 2S
CR5 2M 2S(LB) 2M(LB) CR3A
3L1
1S
1S 1S
1S
3L2
3L2
2S
RES
RES
RES
MEMBER
2019 -2020 MEMBER
2019 -2020
*From Automatic Power Transfer Switch

MEMBER MEMBER
2019 -2020 2019 -2020
This is a Marketing document. Please consult factory for more information.

November 2021 2
53
Manufacturer reserves the right to modify this information without notice
Technical Data
Built to NFPA 20 (latest edition)

Underwriters Laboratory • UL218 - Fire Pump Controllers
(UL) • UL 1008 - Automatic power transfer switches for fire pump controllers
FM Global Class 1321/1323
Standard,
Accepted for use in the City of New York by the Department of
Listings, New York City
Buildings
Approvals and
Certifications Seismic Certification See page 8 for details
CE Mark Various EN, IEC & CEE directives and standards
Built in Canada or U.A.E Built in Europe
CE Mark Option Supplied as Standard
Protection Rating
Built in Canada or U.A.E Built in Europe
Standard: NEMA 2 Standard: IP55

Optional
NEMA 12 NEMA 4X-304 sst painted IP54
Enclosure NEMA 3 NEMA 4X-304 sst brushed finish IP55
NEMA 3R NEMA 4X-316 sst painted IP65
NEMA 4 NEMA 4X-316 sst brushed finish IP66
Accessories Paint Specifications

• Bottom entry gland plate • Red RAL3002
• Lifting Lugs • Powder coating
• Keylock handle • Glossy textured finish
Shortcircuit 200V to 208V 220V to 240V 380V to 415V 440V to 480V 575V to 600V
Withstand 60Hz 60Hz 50 Hz / 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
Rating
HP (kw)
Standard 100kA
5 - 150 (3.7 - 110) 5 - 200 (3.7 - 149) 5 - 300 (3.7 - 223) 5 - 400 (3.7 - 298) N/A
Optional 150kA
Standard 50kA 200 (149) 250 (186) 350 - 450 (261 - 335) 450 - 500 (335 - 373)
5 - 500 (3.7- 373)
Optional 100kA N/A N/A 350 - 500 (261 - 373) 450 - 500 (335 - 373)
Optional 200kA 5 - 150 (3.7 - 110) 5 - 200 (3.7 - 149) 5 - 300 (3.7 - 223) 5 - 400 (3.7 - 298) N/A
*Please see Disconnecting Means details on page 4

November 2021
54
Manufacturer reserves the right to modify this information without notice 3
Technical Data
Ambient Standard: Optional:

Temperature 4°C to 40°C / 39°F to 104°F 4°C to 55°C / 39°F to 131°F
Rating
Controllers built in Dubai, UAE (Tornatech FZE) are supplied standard with 55°C rating.
Surge
Surge arrestor rated to suppress surges above line voltage
Suppression
• Isolating switch and circuit breaker assembly:
- Door interlocked in the ON position
- Isolating switch rated not less than 115% of motor full load current
Disconnecting
- Circuit breaker continuous rating not less than 115% of motor full load current
Means
- Overcurrent sensing non-thermal type, magnetic only
- Instantaneous trip setting of not more than 20 times the motor full load current
• Common flange mounted operating handle
Service Entrance
Suitable as service entrance equipment
Rating
Emergency Start • Flange mounted • Integrated limit switch

Handle • Pull and latch activation • Across the line start (direct on line)
Locked Rotor • Operate shunt trip to open circuit breaker • Trip between 8 and 20 seconds
Protector • Factory set at 600% of motor full load current
Electrical • Voltage phase to phase (normal power)

Readings • Amperage of each phase when motor is running
Pressure • Continuous system pressure display
Readings • Cut-in and Cut-out pressure settings
• Pressure readings with date stamp
• Event recording with date stamp
Pressure and
• Under regular maintained operation, events are stored in memory for the life of the controller.
Event recorder
• Data viewable on operator interface display screen
• Downloadable by USB port to external memory device
• Pressure transducer and run test solenoid valve assembly for fresh water application
• Pressure sensing line connection 1/2” Female NPT
Pressure Sensing • Drain connection 3/8”
• Rated for 0-500PSI working pressure (standard display at 0-300PSI)
• Externally mounted with protective cover

November 2021 4
55
Technical Data
Audible Alarm 4” alarm bell - 85 dB at 10ft. (3m)

• Power available • Deluge valve start • Pump on demand/Automatic start
• Motor run • Remote automatic start • Pump room temperature (ºF or ºC)
Visual Indications
• Periodic test • Remote manual start • Lockout
• Manual start • Emergency start
Visual only
• Alternate lock rotor current • Low water level • Pressure transducer fault detected
• Alternate power phase reversal • Motor trouble • Pump on demand
• Automatic transfer switch trouble • Normal power phase reversal • Pump room alarm
• Control voltage not healthy • Overcurrent • Service required
• Invalid cut-in • Overvoltage • Undercurrent
Visual & Audible • Lock rotor current • Phase loss L1 • Undervoltage
Alarms • Loss of power • Phase loss L2 • Check weekly test solenoid
• Low ambient temperature • Phase loss L3 • Weekly test cut-in reached
• Phase unbalanced
Visual and Audible
• ACB in OFF or tripped
• Alternate IS tripped/open
• Fail to start
DPDT-8A-250V.AC
• Power available
• Phase reversal
• Motor run
• Common pump room alarm (field re-assignable)**
• Overvoltage
• Undervoltage
Remote Alarm • Phase unbalance
Contacts • Low pump room temperature
• High Pump room temperature
• Common motor trouble (field re-assignable)**
• Overcurrent
• Fail to start
• Undercurrent
• Ground fault
• Free (field programmable)**
**Tornatech reserves the right to use any of these three alarm points for special specific application requirements.

November 2021
56
Technical Data
• Embedded microcomputer with software PLC logic

ViZiTouch V2 • 7.0” color touch screen (HMI technology)
Operator Interface • Upgradable software
• Multi-language
• Protocol: Modbus
Communication
• Connection type: Shielded female connector RJ45
Protocol
• Frame Format: TCP/IP
Capability
• Addresses: See bulletin MOD-GPx
• Start on pressure drop
Automatic Start • Remote start signal from automatic device
• Deluge valve start
• Start pushbutton
Manual Start • Run test pushbutton
• Remote start from manual device
• Manual with Stop pushbutton
Stopping
Operation • Automatic after expiration of minimum run timer ***
• Minimum run timer ***(off delay)
Field Adjustable &
Timers • Sequential start timer (on delay)
Visual Countdown
• Periodic test timer
• Pressure
Actuation
• Non-pressure
Visual Indication
• Automatic
Mode
• Non-automatic
***Can only be used if approved by the AHJ

November 2021 6
57
Technical Data
Surge Suppression Surge arrestor rated to suppress surges above line voltage
• Isolating switch and circuit breaker assembly:
- Door interlocked in the ON position
- Isolating switch rated not less than 115% of motor full load current
Disconnecting
- Circuit breaker continuous rating not less than 115% of motor full load current
Means
- Overcurrent sensing non-thermal type, magnetic only
- Instantaneous trip setting of not more than 20 times the motor full load current
• Common flange mounted operating handle
• Operate shunt trip to open circuit breaker
Locked Rotor
• Factory set at 600% of motor full load current
Protector
• Trip between 8 and 20 seconds
• Alternate (emergency) isolating switch in the OFF position
• Alternate (emergency) voltage phase to phase
Visual Indications
• Transfer switch in normal position
• Transition timers
• Transfer switch trouble
• Alternate power phase reversal
Visual Alarms • Alternate isolating switch open/tripped
• Alternate circuit breaker open/tripped
• Alternate side locked rotor current
Transfer switch test pushbutton
Automatic Power Bypass for re-transfer and generator shutdown
Transfer Switch
Electrically operated and mechanically held in the normal or alternate position
Provision for manual operation
Remote Alarm Contacts
SPDT-8A-250VAC
• Isolating switch in the OFF position
• Transfer switch in normal position
• Transfer switch in alternate (emergency) position
Time Delays
• Momentary normal power outage override (factory set at 3 sec - field adjustable 1 to 3 sec)
• Alternate (emergency) power available delay (factory set at 3 sec - field adjustable 1 to 3 sec)
• Transfer trouble delay (factory set at 20 sec - field adjustable 1 to 60 sec)
• Retransfer to normal (factory set at 5 min - field adjustable 1 to 20 min)
• Generator cooldown (factory set at 5 min - field adjustable 1 to 20 min)
Voltage Sensing
• Transfer to alternate (normal power dropout) 85% of nominal - field adjustable 0 to 100%
• Phase reversal transfer to alternate
• Retransfer to normal (normal power pickup) 90% of nominal - field adjustable 0 to 100%
Audible Alarm (AIS Open)
4” alarm bell - 85 dB at 10ft. (3m)
Generator Start Connection
SPDT-8A-250V.AC

November 2021
58
Technical Data
Seismic
TRU Compliance, LLC
Certification TWEI Project No.: 2100139 - CR - 001
A Tobalski Watkins Affiliate
Company
Mounting
Rigid base and wall mounting
details
Seismic
Building Test Seismic AFLX-H ARIG-H AFLX-V ARIG-V
Certification
Code Criteria Parameters
SDS z/h IP
Seismic
ASCE 2.0 1.0 1.5
Information ICC-
IBC 2018, Standard
ES 3.20 2.40 2.13 0.85
CBC 2019 7 - Section
AC156 13.2 3.2 0.0 1.5
Notes:
• Components are tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC156, IBC 2018 & CBC 2019.
• OSHPD (OSP) Seismic Certification Preapproval.

November 2021 8
59
Technical Data
A4 Flow switch provision C19 Emergency start alarm contact (DPDT)

Foam pump application w/o pressure C20 Manual start alarm contact (DPDT)
A8
transducer and run test solenoid valve.
C21 Deluge valve start alarm contact (DPDT)
A9 Low zone pump control function
C22 Remote automatic start alarm contact (DPDT)
A10 Middle zone pump control function
C23 Remote manual start alarm contact (DPDT)
A11 High zone pump control function
High pump room temperature alarm contact
Non-pressure actuated controller w/o pressure C24
A13 (DPDT)
transducer and run test solenoid valve
Second set of standard alarm contacts (DPDT)
Lockout/interlock circuit from equipment C25
A16 (Typical for city of Los Angeles and Denver)
installed inside the pump room
Additional visual and alarm contact (Specify
Built in alarm panel (120V.AC supervisory Cx
function) (DPDT)
power) providing indication for:
• Audible alarm & silence pushbutton for motor Low suction pressure transducer for fresh
B11 D1 water rated at 0-300PSI with visual indication
run, phase reversal, loss of phase.
• Pilot lights for loss of phase & supervisory and alarm contact
power available Low suction pressure transducer for sea water
Built in alarm panel same as B11 but 220- D1A rated at 0-300PSI with visual indication and
B11B alarm contact
240VAC supervisory power
High motor temperature c/w thermoster relay Pressure transducer and run test solenoid
B19A D5 valve for fresh water rated for 0-500PSI (for
and alarm contacts (DPDT)
factory calibration purposes only)
High motor temperature c/w PT100 relay and
B19B Pressure transducer and run test solenoid
alarm contacts (DPDT) D5D
valve for sea water rated for 0-500PSI
Ground fault alarm detection c/w visual
B21 D10 Omit mounting feet (when applicable)
indication and alarm contact (DPDT)
C1 Extra motor run alarm contact (DPDT) High withstand rating for:
• 200V to 208V @ 150HP max. = 150kA*
C4 Periodic test alarm contact (DPDT) • 200V to 208V @ 200HP = 100kA*
C6 Low discharge pressure alarm contact (DPDT) • 220V to 240V @ 200HP max. = 150kA*
• 220V to 240V @ 250HP = 100kA*
Low pump room temperature alarm contact D13
C7 • 380V to 415V @ 300HP max. = 150kA*
(DPDT) • 380V to 415V @ 350HP to 450HP = 100kA*
Low water reservoir level alarm contact • 440V to 480V @ 400HP max. = 150kA*
C10 • 440V to 480V @ 450HP to 500HP = 100kA*
(DPDT)
• 600V @ 500HP max. = 100kA*
High electric motor temperature alarm contact
C11 High withstand rating for:
(DPDT)
D13A • 380V to 480V = 65kA*
High electric motor vibration c/w visual
C12 • 600V = 25kA*
indication and alarm contact (DPDT)
High withstand rating for:
Pump on demand / automatic start alarm
C14 • 200V to 208V @ 150HP max. = 200kA*
contact (DPDT)
D13B • 220V to 240V @ 200HP max. = 200kA*
C15 Pump fail to start alarm contact (DPDT) • 380V to 415V @ 300HP max. = 200kA*
• 440V to 480V @ 400HP max. = 200kA*
C16 Control voltage healthy alarm contact (DPDT)
Flow meter valve loop open c/w visual D14 Anti-condensation heater & thermostat
C17
indication and alarm contact (DPDT) D14A Anti-condensation heater & humidistat
High water reservoir level c/w visual indication
C18 Anti-condensation heater & thermostat &
and alarm contact (DPDT) D14B
humidistat
Note: Options chosen from this page are not electrically represented on the wiring schematics in this submittal package.

November 2021
60
Technical Data
D15 Tropicalization L01 Other language and English (bilingual)

D18 CE Mark with factory certificate L02 French
Modbus with RTU frame format and RS485 L03 Spanish
D26
connection
L04 German
Motor heater connection (external single
D27 phase power source and heater on/off L05 Italian
contact)
L06 Polish
Motor heater connection (internal single
D27A phase power source and heater on/off L07 Romanian
contact)
L08 Hungarian
D28 Customized drawing set
L09 Slovak
Field programmable I/O board -
D34A L10 Croatian
5 Input / 5 output
Redundant pressure transducer for fresh L11 Czech
D36
water rated for 0-500PSI
L12 Portuguese
Redundant pressure transducer for sea
D36A
water rated for 0-500PSI L13 Dutch
E1 Permanent load shedding contacts L14 Russian
Temporary pump motor start period load L15 Turkish
E2
shedding contacts
L16 Swedish
Temporary & permanent load shedding
E3
contacts L17 Bulgarian
Anti condensation heater & thermostat L18 Thai
F2
(alternate power section)
Anti condensation heater & humidistat L19 Indonesian
F2A
(alternate power section) L20 Slovenian
Anti condensation heater & thermostat &
F2B L21 Danish
humidistat (alternate power section)
High withstand rating for (model GPU only) : L22 Greek
F6
• 208V to 480V=150kA • 600V=100kA L23 Arabic
L24 Hebrew
L25 Chinese
Additional Options:

November 2021 10
61
Technical Data
ViZiTouch V2 Operator Interface
Home
2 3
9
5 6 7 8
1 - Color touch screen 3 - Screen protector

2 - Onscreen menu 4 - Power LED (3 colors)
• HOME page 5 - START button
• ALARM page 6 - STOP button
• CONFIGURATION page 7 - TRANSFER SWITCH TEST button
• HISTORY page 8 - RUN TEST button
• SERVICE page 9 - USB port
• MANUAL page
• LANGUAGES page

November 2021
62
Electric Fire Pump Controller Model:GPR/GPS/GPW
With Automatic Transfer Switch +GPU
Dimensions Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
Sensing Line Connection - 1/2 " F.NPT

Drain - 3/8 " M.TUBE
Normal
Emergency
Power and
Power
Motor Leads
Entrance
Entrance
Voltage / Power Table
Voltage Min HP Max HP
208 5 30 Notes:
220 - 240 5 30
- Standard NEMA: NEMA 2
- Standard paint : textured red RAL 3002.
380 - 400 - 415 5 60 - All dimensions are in inches [millimeters].
- Center of ViZiTouch screen: 29-5/8" [751] from bottom (no feet).
440 - 480 5 60 - Bottom conduit entrance through removable gland plate recommended.
- Use watertight conduit and connector only.
600 5 75 - Protect equipment against drilling chips.
- Seismic mounting to be rigid wall and base only.
Drawing for information only. Projection

Manufacturer reserves the right to modify this drawing without notice.
Contact manufacturer for "As Built" drawing.
REV. DESCRIPTION DD/MM/YY Drawing number
NYC
Dpt of Building
2. New Logo 10/05/18
Approved
1. Valve Change 21/11/17 GPX-DI172 /E
0. First issue 16/11/16 CDL
63
Electric Fire Pump Controller
Reduced Voltage / Autotransformer
Model: GPR+GPU
With Automatic Transfer Switch
Wiring schematic Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
1L3 2L3 3L3

See
1L2 2L2 3L2
GPU
1L1 2L1 Drawing 3L1
White
White
White
Black
Black
Black
17 18 23
3L3 64 66 68
3L2 65 67 69
22 24 3L1
4 2 3L1
To J2-J3-J4 To J76
2
1
3L2
NO NO +
C J40 J14 AI4
Motor Run C
TB1
NC NC -
2
1
NO NO +
C J42 J15 AI3
Power Available C
TB2
NC NC -
2
1
NO NO +
C J37 J16 AI2
Phase Reversal C
TB3
NC NC -
2
1
Red
NO NO +
C J39 J17 AI1
White
Pump Room Alarm C
TB4 Black
NC NC -
2
1
NO
NO LS1-1
C J41 LS1
Motor Trouble C
TB5 J54 LS1-2
NC NC
2
1
NO J20 UP
NO
C J55 See
(Field Programmable) C
TB6
NC J8 DOWN GPU
NC
Drawing
Black - +
J46 Red
AB
Remote Manual Start IN1
SV1-1 Brown
SV
Lockout IN2 J43 SV1-2 Blue
Remote Automatic Start J1* IN3
4
Deluge Valve J45
J2* IN4 ST 2
J25
Water Reservoir Low IN5
J44 24V in
IN6 24V out 3L2

X1 H2
1
IN7 J47 24VAC 3 X2 H1
3L1
IN8
NC
J36 CR4-1
C
CR4 CR4-2
NO
NC
J38 CR5-1
C
CR5 CR5-2
NO
GF
69
L3 68
J76 67 Legend
L2 66 To CT1-CT2-CT3 1M Contactor
65 1S-2S Contactors
AB Alarm Bell
L1 64
ATR Autotransformer
CB Circuit Breaker
CR Control Relay
J53 CT Current Transformer
EB Electric I/O Board
IS Isolating Switch
J Jumper
J4 L3 3L3 LS Limit Switch
PT Pressure Transducer
SA Surge Arrester
J3 ST Shunt Trip
L2 3L2 To 3L1-3L2-3L3
SV Solenoid Valve
VMB ViZiTouch Main Board
XTR Transformer
J2 L1 3L1
Drawing for information only.

* Remove jumper to use this feature Manufacturer reserves the right to modify this drawing without notice.
** Contact closes when emergency start is in "ON" position Contact manufacturer for "As Built" drawing.

NYC 2 Update Logo 23/04/18
Dpt of Building
Approved
1 Removed (fail safe) text from Power Available relay 20/02/17 GPR-WS610 /E
0 First issue 10/11/16 CDL
64
65
Electric Fire Pump Controller Model: GPX
Terminal Diagram and Sizing for Isolating Switch Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
Power Terminals
3 Phases Notes:
Bonding Incoming Power 1 - For proper wire sizing, refer to NFPA70 and NEC (USA) or CEC (Canada) or local code.
Ground 2 - Controller suitable for service entrance in USA.
3 - For more accurate motor connections refer to motor manufacturer or motor nameplate.
4 - Controller is phase sensitive. Incoming lines must be connected in ABC sequence.
L1 L2 L3
IS1
COPPER CONDUCTORS for Isolating Switch (IS1).

Field Wiring According to Bending Space (AWG or MCM). Terminals L1 - L2 - L3
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm)
HP
5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Voltage
208 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (2 to 1/0) 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0 to 250) 1x (4/0 to 250)
220 to 240 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 3/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0 to 250)
380 to 416 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0)
600 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0)
Bending
Space 12 " (305 mm) 16 " (406 mm)
HP
75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Voltage
208 2x (1/0 to 500) 2x (2/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (250 to 500) 3x (4/0 to 500) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
220 to 240 1x (250) 2x (2/0 to 500) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (350 to 500) 3x (250 to 500) -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
380 to 416 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0 to 250) 1x (250) 2x (1/0 to 500) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (400 to 500) 3x (250 to 500) 3x (300 to 500) --------
440 to 480 1x (1 to 3/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0 to 250) 1x (4/0 to 250) 2x (1/0 to 500) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (350 to 500) 2x (400 to 500) 3x (250 to 500)
600 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 3/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0 to 250) 1x (250) 2x (2/0 to 500) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (250 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (350 to 500)
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 12 " (305 mm)
ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS for Isolating Switch (IS1).

Field Wiring According to Bending Space (AWG or MCM). Terminals L1 - L2 - L3
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 10 " (254 mm)
HP
5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Voltage
1x (300) ** or
208 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (1/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (4/0 to 250)
1x (250) 90°C *
220 to 240 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (2 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 90°C * 1x (250)
380 to 416 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (2 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (1/0)
600 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (10 to 1/0) 1x (8 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 1/0) 1x (2 to 1/0)
Bending
12 " (305 mm) 16 " (406 mm)
Space
HP
75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Voltage
208 2x (2/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (350 to 500) 3x (300 to 500) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
1x (350) **
220 to 240 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (250 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (500) 3x (400 to 500) -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
N/A
1x (350) ** 3x (300 to 500)**
380 to 416 1x (3/0) 1x (250 to 350) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (500) 3x (350 to 500) 3x (400 to 500) --------
N/A 2x (500) 90°C *
1x (300 to 350)**
440 to 480 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (250) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (250 to 500) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (400 to 500) 2x (500) 2x (500) 90°C * 3x (350 to 500)
1x (250) 90°C *
600 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 90°C * 1x (4/0 to 250) 1x (350 to 500) 2x (3/0 to 500) 2x (4/0 to 250) 2x (300 to 500) 2x (350 to 500) 2x (400 to 500) 2x (500)
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 12 " (305 mm)
* For standard enclosure, use 90°C aluminium wire. Consult Factory for Use of Conductors Rated Lower than 90°C. Drawing for information only.
** Consult Factory Contact manufacturer for "As Built" drawing.

N C
66
Dpt of Building
Approved
GPX-TD611 1/2 /E
Copyright © 2021 Tornatech Inc. All right reserved. This drawing and the information contained or depicted herein are the sole property of Tornatech Inc. Copies are communicated to the recipient in strict confidence and may not be retransmitted, published, reproduced, copied or used in any manner, including as the basis for the manufacture or sale of any products, without the express prior written consent of Tornatech Inc.
Terminal Diagram and Sizing For GPA,GPR & GPS Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
Notes:
Motor Terminals 1 - For proper wire sizing, refer to NFPA70 and NEC (USA) or CEC (Canada) or local code.
2 - Controller suitable for service entrance in USA.
3 - For more accurate motor connections refer to motor manufacturer or motor nameplate.
1M 4 - Controller is phase sensitive. Incoming lines must be connected in ABC sequence.
T1 T2 T3
M
Models : GPA,
GPR & GPS
COPPER CONDUCTORS for Motor Connection (1M).

Field Wiring According to Bending Space (AWG or MCM). Terminals T1 - T2 - T3
HP
5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Voltage
208 1x (10 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (4 to 2) 1x (3 to 2/0) 1x (2 to 2/0) 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (4/0 to 300)
220 to 240 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (4 to 2) 1x (4 to 2/0) 1x (3 to 2/0) 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0)
380 to 416 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (6 to 1/0) 1x (4 to 2) 1x (3 to 2/0) 1x (1 to 2/0)
440 to 480 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (4 to 2/0) 1x (3 to 2/0)
600 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (10 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (8 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (6 to 2) 1x (4 to 2/0)
HP
75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Voltage
208 1x (300) 2x (2/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (250 to 300) 2x (400 to 600) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
220 to 240 1x (250 to 300) 2x (2/0 to 300) 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (350 to 500) 2x (500 to 600) -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
380 to 416 1x (1/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (250 to 300) 1x (300) 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (400 to 500) 2x (500 to 600) 2x (600)
440 to 480 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (4/0 to 300) 2x (1/0 to 300) 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (350 to 500) 2x (400 to 600) 2x (500 to 600)
600 1x (3 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 1/0) 1x (2/0 to 3/0) 1x (3/0) 1x (250 to 300) 2x (2/0 to 300) 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (250 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (350 to 500)
ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS for Contactor (1M).

Field Wiring According to Bending Space (AWG or MCM). Terminals T1 - T2 - T3
HP
5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Voltage
208 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (6 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (2 to 2/0) ** 1x (1 to 2/0) ** 1x (1/0 to 2/0) ** 1x (2/0) 90°C * Consult Factory 1x (300)
220 to 240 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (8 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (3 to 2/0) ** 1x (2 to 2/0) ** 1x (1 to 2/0) ** 1x (2/0) 1x (3/0) 90°C * Consult Factory
380 to 416 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (8 to 2/0) ** 1x (6 to 2/0) ** 1x (6 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (2 to 2/0) ** 1x (1 to1/0) 1x (1/0)
440 to 480 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (8 to 2/0) ** 1x (6 to 2/0) ** 1x (6 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (2 to 1/0) 1x (1 to 1/0)
600 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (12 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (10 to 2/0) ** 1x (8 to 2/0) ** 1x (8 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (4 to 2/0) ** 1x (2 to 1/0)
HP
75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Voltage
208 1x (300) 90°C * 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (300) 90°C * 2x (600) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
220 to 240 1x (300) 90°C * 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (250 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (500) 2x (600) -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
380 to 416 1x (3/0) Consult Factory 1x (300) 90°C * Consult Factory 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (300) Consult Factory 2x (600) 2x (600) 90°C * 2x (600) 90°C * --------
440 to 480 1x (1/0) 1x (3/0) Consult Factory 1x (300) 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (250 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (300) 90°C * 2x (500) 2x (600) 2x (600) 90°C *
600 1x (1 to 1/0) Consult Factory 1x (3/0) 90°C * Consult Factory 1x (300) 90°C * 2x (3/0 to 300) 2x (4/0 to 300) 2x (300) 2x (300) 90°C * 2x (300) 90°C * Consult Factory
* For standard enclosure, use 90°C aluminium wire. Consult Factory for Use of Conductors Rated Lower than 90°C.
** Option V659 required. Drawing for information only.
Contact manufacturer for "As Built" drawing.

N C
67
Dpt of Building
Approved
GPX-TD611 2/2 /E
Copyright © 2021 Tornatech Inc. All right reserved. This drawing and the information contained or depicted herein are the sole property of Tornatech Inc. Copies are communicated to the recipient in strict confidence and may not be retransmitted, published, reproduced, copied or used in any manner, including as the basis for the manufacture or sale of any products, without the express prior written consent of Tornatech Inc.
Terminal Diagram and Sizing Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
Control Terminals (EB1) Remote Alarm Terminals (EB1)

Terminals Wire Size: Terminals Wire Size:
24 - 12 AWG 24 - 12 AWG
0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Normally open
2
NO
Normally closed Closes to alarm C
Opens to alarm NC
Remote Manual Start Close to start pump IN1 J25 Motor Run J40
Normally open
1
TB1
NO
Normally closed Closes to alarm
C
Opens to alarm NC
Normally open
2
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Lockout Close to block start IN2 J25 Power Available J42
Normally open
1
TB2
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Normally open
2
NO
Normally closed Closes to alarm
C
Opens to alarm NC
Remote Automatic Start Open to start pump J1* IN3 J25 J37
Phase Reversal Normally open
1
TB3
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Normally open
2
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Deluge Valve Open to start pump J2* IN4 J25 Pump Room Alarm ** J39
Normally open
1
TB4
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Normally open
2
NO
Alarm Inputs (EB1) Motor Trouble **

Opens to alarm NC
J41
Normally open
1
TB5
Terminals Wire Size: NO
24 - 12 AWG Normally closed Closes to alarm
C
0.5 Nm Opens to alarm NC
Normally open
2
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Water Reservoir Low Close to signal alarm IN5 J25 (Field Programmable ***) J55
Normally open
1
TB6
NO
Opens to alarm NC
Network Connection (VMB1)

Shielded Female Connector RJ45
Modbus TCP/IP
* Remove jumper to use this feature Drawing for information only.

** Re-assignable Manufacturer reserves the right to modify this drawing without notice.
*** Not available on GPS models Contact manufacturer for "As Built" drawing.

NYC
Dpt of Building
2 Revised logo 18/06/18
Approved
1 General Revision (added AL coverage) 10/07/17 GPX-TD603 /E
68
Automatic Transfer Switch odel GP
or lectric ire Pump Controller
Terminal Diagram and Si ing Built to the latest edition of the N PA 2 standard
Power Terminals
3 Phases
Incoming Power
Bonding
Ground
Notes
1 Controller is phase sensitive Incoming lines must e connected in ABC se uence
AL1 AL2 AL3
AIS1
COPPER CONDUCTORS for Isolating Switch AIS1

ield iring According to Bending Space A G or C Terminals AL1 AL2 AL3
Bending
5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm)
Space
HP
1 1 2 2 3
Voltage
2 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1 1 2 to 1 1 1 to 3 1 3 to 2 1 to 2
22 to 2 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1 1 1 to 3 1 2 to 3 1 3 to 2
3 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1 1 3 to 1
to 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1
1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1
Bending
Space 12 " (305 mm) 16 " (406 mm)
HP
1 12 1 2 2 3 3
Voltage
2 2 1 to 2 2 to 2 to 2 2 to 3 to
22 to 2 1 2 2 2 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 3 to 3 2 to
3 to 1 1 1 to 3 1 3 to 2 1 2 2 1 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 3 to 2 to 3 2 to 3 3 to
to 1 1 to 3 1 2 to 3 1 3 to 2 1 to 2 2 1 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 to 3 2 to
1 3 to 1 1 1 to 3 1 2 to 3 1 3 to 2 1 2 2 2 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 2 to 2 3 to 2 3 to
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 12 " (305 mm)
ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS for Isolating Switch AIS1

ield iring According to Bending Space A G or C Terminals AL1 AL2 AL3
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 10 " (254 mm)
HP
1 1 2 2 3
Voltage
1 3 or
2 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 1 3 1 to 2
1 2 C
22 to 2 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 3 to 1 1 2 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 2 to 3 1 3 C 1 2
3 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 2 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1
to 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 2 to 1 1 1 to 1
1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 to 1 1 2 to 1
Bending
Space 12 " (305 mm) 16 " (406 mm)
HP
1 12 1 2 2 3 3
Voltage
2 2 2 to 2 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 3 3 to
1 3
22 to 2 2 3 to 2 2 to 2 3 to 2 3 to
NA
1 3 3 3 to
3 to 1 1 3 1 2 to 3 2 3 to 2 to 2 3 to 2 3 3 to 3 to
NA 2 C
1 3 to 3
to 1 1 to 3 1 3 1 2 2 3 to 2 2 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 2 C 3 3 to
1 2 C
1 1 to 1 1 2 to 3 1 3 C 1 to 2 1 3 to 2 3 to 2 to 2 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 to 2
Bending
Space 5 " (127 mm) 8 " (203 mm) 12 " (305 mm)
or standard enclosure use C aluminium wire Consult actor for se of Conductors ated Lower than C
Consult actor Drawing for information onl
anufacturer reserves the right to modif this drawing without notice
Contact manufacturer for As Built drawing
REV. DESCRIPTION DD/MM/YY Drawing num er

NYC
69
Dpt of Building
Approved
GP TD 13 1 2
irst Issue 1 21 CDL
Copyright © 2 21 Tornatech Inc. All right reserved This drawing and the information contained or depicted herein are the sole propert of Tornatech Inc Copies are communicated to the recipient in strict confidence and ma not e retransmitted pu lished reproduced copied or used in an manner including as the asis for the manufacture or sale of an products without the e press prior written consent of Tornatech Inc
Automatic Transfer Switch odel GP
For Electric Fire Pump Controller
Terminal Diagram and Si ing Built to the latest edition of the NFPA 20 standard
Remote Alarm Terminals (TSB1)

Terminals Wire Si e
24 - 12 AWG
0.5 Nm
Closes when Tr. Sw. NO
A Pos.
in Alternate Position
Tr. Sw. in alternate position Opens when Tr. Sw. C
is in alternate position NC
Closes when Tr. Sw. NO
N Pos.
in Normal Position J39
Tr. Sw. in normal position Opens when Tr. Sw. C
is in normal position NC
Opens when ACB1 NO
is in OFF or Tripped
ACB
Closes when ACB1 C
ACB1 in OFF or tripped is in OFF or tripped NC
Control Terminals (TSB1)

Terminals Wire Si e
24 - 12 AWG
0.5 Nm
Normally open NO
Closes to start generator
GEN
Generator Set Normally closed C J39
Opens to start generator NC
Drawing for information only.

anufacturer reserves the right to modify this drawing without notice.
Contact manufacturer for As Built drawing.
REV. DESCRIPTION DD/MM/YY Drawing num er

NYC
70
Dpt of Building
Approved
GP -TD 13 2 2 E
0 First ssue 0 01 21 CD
Copyright © 2021 Tornatech Inc. All right reserved. This drawing and the information contained or depicted herein are the sole property of Tornatech nc. Copies are communicated to the recipient in strict confidence and may not e retransmitted pu lished reproduced copied or used in any manner including as the asis for the manufacture or sale of any products without the e press prior written consent of Tornatech nc.
vertical split-coupled multistage pump

Model: 4700 - VMS-01:10B - 2p - 1 hp - (Factory Choice Motor)
Application design data
Tag number: Pipe orientation: Single
Service: Suction pressure: 0 ft
Location: Fluid: Non Potable Water
Quantity: 1 Operating temperature: 60 °F
Duty flow per pump: 5 USgpm Viscosity: 31 SSU
Duty head: 105 Psi Specific gravity: 1.0000
Total dissolved solids: 0 ppm
Materials of construction
Construction: SS Bottom Casing: 304 Stainless Steel
Rating: 250 lb Pump shaft: AISI 304 SS
Connections: Inlet: 1.25 in, Outlet: 1.25 in
Mechanical seal data

Seal type: Cartridge Balanced Rotating face: Sintered Silicon Carbide
Manufacturer code: MultistageSeal3 Stationary seat: Carbon
Springs: Stainless Steel Secondary seal: FPM
Rotating hardware: Stainless Steel
Motor electrical data

Supplier: FCM Insulation class: Class F Insulation
Size: 1 hp Inverter motor type: [none]
Frame number: 56C Efficiency: Std
Enclosure: ODP Speed: 3600 rpm
Motor Electrics: 575/3/60
71
Operating limits (temperature - pressure)
Maximum pressure: 360 Psi

Maximum temperature: 250 °F
Performance curve
----Admin Data—-
Tag Num:
Service:
Series 4700 Locaion:
VMS-01:10B @ 3520 rpm ----Motor Data----

400 Motor Size: 1 hp
*PT-685-0-0
ANSI/HI 14.6 ----Design Duty Points---
Flow: 5 USgpm
350 VMS-01:29B
Head: 105 Psi
VMS-01:27B Impeller: 2.8 in
VMS-01:26B
300 ----Performance Data---
VMS-01:24B
 NPSHR: 4.27 psi
VMS-01:22B  Eff. @ Design: 40.36 %
250  BHP @ Design: 0.84 hp
VMS-01:20B
 Mtr Capability @ Rated Spd: 1
VMS-01:18B  BEP @ Design Imp: 52.6 %
Head (psi)
200  %maximp.range: 29.63%

VMS-01:16B  Outlet velocity: 1.07 ft/s
VMS-01:14B
150 VMS-01:13B
VMS-01:12B
VMS-01:11B
VMS-01:10B
100 VMS-01:09B Projected
VMS-01:08B
VMS-01:07B
VMS-01:06B
50 VMS-01:05B
VMS-01:04B
VMS-01:03B System
VMS-01:02B
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Water, spgr=1.0000 Flow (USgpm)
72
Dimensional data (not for construction)
Side view Top view
Weight: 58 lb [26.31 kg], Units of measure: inches [millimeters]

• Not to scale
• Tolerance of ± 0.125 inch (± 3 mm) should be used
• For certified dimensions, please contact your Armstrong representative
• Pump equipped with casing drain plug and ¼ inch NPT suction and discharge gauge ports
73
Project: MDA Prévost
Customer: Gicleurs ACME
Engineer:
Pump Manufacturer: Gicleurs ACME
Technical Data
Submittal Document
Model JP3
Across the Line Start
Jockey Pump Controller
Contents:
Data Sheets
Dimensional Data
Wiring Schematics
Field Connections
Note: The drawings included in this package are for controllers

covered under our standard offering. Actual AS BUILT
drawings may differ from what is shown in this package.
74 March 2020
M
Technical Data
Model JP3 Jockey Pump Controller
JP3
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) UL508A - Industrial Pump Controllers

CSA CSA C22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment
New York City Accepted for use in the City of New York by the Department of Buildings
Listing
Seismic Certification See page 4 for details
Optional
CE Mark Various EN, IEC & CEE directives and standards
Protection Rating
✔ Standard: NEMA 2
Optional
NEMA 12 NEMA 4X-304 sst painted
NEMA 3 NEMA 4X-304 sst brushed finish
Enclosure
NEMA 3R NEMA 4X-316 sst painted
NEMA 4 NEMA 4X-316 sst brushed finish
Accessories Paint Specifications
• Wall mounting lugs ( x4) • Red RAL3002
• Powder coating
• Glossy textured finish

March 2020 2
75
Technical Data
• Main disconnect – padlockable – rotary type handle – door interlocked

Fuseless Motor
• Thermo-magnetic motor protector
Starter
• Contactor
Control Circuit • 24V.AC
• Solid state controls
iPD+ Operator
• All adjustments on door front
Interface
• Navigation pushbuttons
• Pressure transducer for fresh water application 316 stainless steel construction
Pressure Sensing • Rated for 0-600psi working pressure
• Pressure sensing line connection 1/2” brass Male NPT
• Manual motor start/run LED
• Automatic motor start/run LED
• Motor overload
• Pressure reading
• Start pressure
• Stop pressure
Visual Indications • System pressure
• System pressure diagnostic LED’s
• Green: system pressure at or above stop pressure
• Yellow: system pressure between start and stop pressure
• Red: system pressure at or below start pressure
• AUTO mode
• OFF mode
• Minimum run timer (off delay)
Timers • Delay start timer (on delay)
• Visual countdown
• Pump start counter
Counters
• Elapsed timer meter (hours / non-resettable)
• OFF-AUTO pushbutton
Operators
• Start and Stop pushbutton
Automatic Start Start on pressure drop
Manual Start Start pushbutton

Operation
Stopping Stop pushbutton
Field adjustable & • Minimum run timer (off delay)
Timers
visual countdown • Delay start timer (on delay)

March 2020
76
Technical Data
Seismic
TRU Compliance, LLC
Certification TWEI Project No.: 15014
A Tobalski Watkins Affiliate
Company
Mounting
Rigid wall mounting
details
Seismic
Building Test Seismic AFLX-H ARIG-H AFLX-V ARIG-V
Certification
Code Criteria Parameters
SDS z/h IP
Seismic IBC
Information ICC- 2.0 1.0 1.5 3.20 2.40 1.33 0.53
2015, ASCE 7-10
ES
CBC Chapter 13
AC156 3.2 0.0 1.5 3.20 1.28 2.13 0.85
2016
RRS for Nonstructural Components Testing

10.0
Spectral Response Acceleration (g)
1.0
0.1
0.1 1.0 10.0
Frequency, f (Hz)
Horiz. Level 1 Vert. Level 1
Notes:
• Components are tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC156, IBC 2015 & CBC 2016.
• OSHPD Special Seismic Certification Preapproval (OSP)

March 2020 4
77
Technical Data
A4 Elapsed time meter (time totalizer) L01 Other language and English (bilingual)
A5 Motor run alarm contact ✔ L02 French
A6 Loss of power alarm contact L03 Spanish
A7 Overload or short circuit alarm contact L04 German
Pressure transducer 0-600psi with ½” MNPT 316 L05 Italian
D11D stainless steel bushing
L06 Polish
D14 Export packing for 1 controller L07 Romanian
D13A Externally mounted wetted parts L08 Hungarian
D14 Export packing for 1 controller L09 Slovak
D18 Audible alarm L10 Croatian
D19 Anti-condensation heater and thermostat L11 Czech
D20 Anti-condensation heater and humidistat L12 Portuguese
D21 Tropicalization L13 Dutch
Phase reversal / failure pilot light and alarm L14 Russian
D22
contact
L15 Turkish
Controller power healthy pilot light and alarm
D23 L16 Swedish
contact
L17 Bulgarian
Pump failure via current sensing relay with pilot
D24 L18 Thai
light and dry alarm contact
D25 Low zone pump control function L19 Indonesian
D26 Mid zone pump control function L20 Slovenian
D27 High zone pump control function L21 Danish
D28 Selector switch in auto alarm contacts L22 Greek
D29 Selector switch in off alarm contacts L23 Arabic
D30 Motor heater circuit L24 Hebrew
Service entrance rated - 100kA short circuit L25 Chinese
withstand rating:
• 120V/1ph (0.5hp max.)
• 240V/1ph (1hp max.)
D32
• 200V-208V - 60hz (2hp max.)
• 220V-240V - 60hz (3hp max.)
• 380V-416V - 50hz - 60hz (5hp max.)
• 440V-480V - 60hz (5hp max.)
Service entrance rated - 65kA short circuit
withstand rating:
• 120V/1ph (0.5hp max.)
• 240V/1ph (1hp max.)
D33
• 200V-208V - 60hz (3hp-15hp max.)
• 220V-240V - 60hz (5hp-15hp max.)
• 380V-416V - 50hz - 60hz (7.5hp - 40hp max.)
• 440V-480V - 60hz (7.5hp-40hp max.)
Service entrance rated - 42kA short circuit
D34 withstand rating:
• 600V - 60hz (7.5hp max.)

March 2020
78
Technical Data
iPD+ Operator Interface
3 2
4 7
HAND AUTO
5
8
1 - Power on LED 6 - STOP pushbutton

2 - System status LED 7 - Auto start LED
3 - Digital display 8 - Navigation keypad
4 - Hand start LED 9 - ON - OFF pushbutton
5 - START pushbutton

March 2020 6
79
80
81
82
Pump Electric
VIL Optional: Gauges and Pump Casing (Circulating) relief valve
83
84
85
GENERAL CATALOGUE
FIRE
IREP
PROTECTION
PRODUCTS
86
April 2009
0163EN Summary
CERTIFICATIONS
The approvals indicated on the catalogues could refer only to some
dimensions of the products. If the information is not univocal, please contact
our “Product Consulting” Service for verification.
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS

Chapter 1 - Hose, Sprinkler Valves and Accessories Chapter 3 - Adapters and Connectors
A53 Gate Valve 300 lb. Rated 4 A65 Hose Rack Mounting Nipple 25
A53G Single Hydrant Gate Valve 4 A75 Female to Male Reducer 25
A50 Angle Hose Valve with Hydrolator 5 A90 Female Open Snoot 26
A51 Angle Hose Valve with Hydrolator 5 A91 Male Open SnootCERTIFICATIONS 26
A55 Angle Hose Valve 300 lb. Rated 6 A83 Female Open Snoot Base 27
A56 Angle Hose Valve 300 lb. Rated 6 A87 Male Open Snoot Base 27
A85 Straight Globe Valve 300 lb.Rated 7 A88 Male to Male Adapter 28
A86 Straight Globe Valve 300 lb.Rated 7 A88G Male to Groove Adapter 28
A155 Pressure Reducing Device Angle Valve 8 A89 Swivel 29
A156 Pressure Reducing Device Angle Valve 8 A92 Male to Male Adapter 29
A201 Angle Pressure Reducing Valve A93 Female to Male Adapter 30
with Cheking Device 9 A94 Female to Female Adapter 30
A202 Angle Pressure Reducing Valve 9 A104 Bushing 31
A203 Straight Pressure Reducing Valve A90C Female Check Snoot 31
with Cheking Device 10 A91C Male Check Snoot 32
A204 Straight Pressure Reducing Valve 10
A170 Monitor Switch Adapter 11 Chapter 4 - Accessories
A140 Swing Check Valve 11 A80 Cap and Chain 33
A81 Plug and Chain 33
Chapter 2 - Fire Department Connections A80P Cap and Chain in Plastic 34
A95 Straight Single Clapper Two-Way Inlets 12 A80PC Cap and Chain in Plastic Chrome Plated 34
A96 90° Single Clapper Two-Way Inlets 12
A97 Straight Two-Way Male Outlets 13 Chapter 5 - Couplings
A97SPECIFY
Straight
THREAD
Three-Way Male Outlets 13 A70 Double Jacket Brass Coupling 35-36
A98 90° Two-Way-Male Outlets 14 A70 Single Jacket Brass Coupling 37
A98 90° Three-Way Male Outlets 14 A71 Forestry Coupling 37
A101 Straight Concealed Siamese 15
A102 90° Concealed Siamese 15 Chapter 6 - Nozzles
A105 Straight Double Clapper Two-Way Inlets 16 A7A Adjustable Fog Nozzle 38
A105 Straight Triple Clapper Three-Way Inlets 16 A7B Adjustable Fog Nozzle with Bumper 38
A106 90° Double Clapper Two-Way Inlets 17 A7B Storz Adjustable Fog Nozzle with Bumper 39
A106 90° Triple Clapper Three-Way Inlets 17 A7BP Plastic Adjustable Fog Nozzle with Bumper 39
CERTIFICATIONS
A103 Square Plate 18
A99 Leader Line Dual Ball Valve 18 Chapter 7 - Specialties
A190T Single Inlet Connection 19 A58 Automatic Ball Drip 40
FLUSH FIRE DEPT. INLET CONNECTIONS A59 Line-Tester 40
CLAPPER SNOOT TYPE A91AD Brass Automatic Drain Valve 41
A111 End Outlet body 19 R910 Full Port Ball Valve 41
A112 Back Outlet body 20 A61 Test and drain valve 42
A113 Angle Outlet body 20
FLUSH FIRE DEPT. INLET CONNECTIONS
CLAPPER BODY TYPE Quantity 43
A121 End Outlet body 21
A122 Back Outlet body 21 Please always indicate your requirements using
our abbreviations and part numbers.
A123 Angle Outlet body 22 On request Computer Programs (IBM or IBM compatible)
FLUSH FIRE DEPT. INLET CONNECTIONS on Pressure Control Valves are available.
CLAPPER SNOOT TYPE - Four way Square Body AbbThread
A114 Back Outlet body 22 M= Male
F= Female
A115 Angle Outlet body 23
FLUSH FIRE DEPT. INLET CONNECTIONS Lugs
R= Rocker Lug
CLAPPER BODY TYPE - Four way Square Body P= Pin Lug
A124 Back Outlet body 23 nal s
SPECIFY THREAD RB= Rough Brass
A125 Angle Outlet body 24 RC= Rough Chrome
PB= Polished Brass
PC= Polished Chrome
87 RP= Red Painted 1
88
April 2009
0163EN Certifications Installation
Angle hose
valve Line-tester
Straight two-way
male outlet Test and Drain
Angle pressure Pressure

reducing resticting valve
Hose rack Hose rack

mounting nipple mounting nipple
Female to male
Reducer reducing
AUTO SPKR. STANDPIPE
FIRE DEPT. CONN. FIRE DEPT. CONN.
Coupling Plate Plate Coupling
Adjustable Straight 90° concealed Adjustable

fog nozzle concealed siamese siamese fog nozzle
Swing Male open Straight pressure

check valve snoot Plug and chain reducing valve
Check snoot
89
Gate Valve 300 Lb. Rated
A53
Straightway pattern, non-rising CERTIFICATIONS
stem, 300 lb. hose gate valves are
intended for use on standpipes, fire
pumps and hydrants.
FEMALE X MALE LISTED 618R
Standard equipment:
a b Female NPT inlet x male hose
thread outlet, forged brass with red
hand wheel, solid wedge disc with
tapered seats. a b
A
Available without cap and chain.
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
Optional Finishes:
PB 3” 2-1/2”
RC
PC
B 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 3” x 2-1/2”
A 5-5/32” 5-5/32”
E B 9-19/64“ 9-19/64“
C 4-11/32“ 4-11/32“
D
C D 2-17/64“ 2-17/64“
SPECIFY THREAD E 1-57/64“ 1-57/64“
Single Hydrant Gate Valve
A53G
Straightway pattern, non-rising CERTIFICATIONS
stem, 300 lb. hose gate valves are
intended for use on standpipes, fire
pumps and hydrants.
Standard equipment: LISTED 618R

Brass body with brass trim, pin lug,
a female hose thread swivel inlet x
b male hose thread outlet.
Red hand wheel.
A Note: a b
Particularly used when space
limitation or appearance preclude a 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
permanet type installation.
Optional Trim:
Swivel inlet with rocker lugs. 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
B A 5-5/32”
B 9-19/64”
E C 5-13/64”
D D 2-17/64”
C E 1-57/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
4 90
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 1 - HOSE, SPRINKLER VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
0006/5 IT-3995

Angle Hose Valve With Hydrolator
A50
Used with a Fire Hose Rack CERTIFICATIONS
Assembly, or as a Fire Dept. outlet
connection.
DOUBLE FEMALE
CE x 589
Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet and outlet forged
b brass valve.
Red hand wheel.
a
Optional Finishes: a b
A PB
RC 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
PC
1-1/2” x 1-1/2”
A 4-1/64”
B
B 7-11/16”
D C 2-9/64”
D 1-57/64”
Angle Hose Valve With Hydrolator
A51
connection.
FEMALE x MALE
CE x 589
Standard equipment:
b Female NPT inlet x male hose thread
outlet forged brass valve.
Red hand wheel.
a
A PB
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
1-1/2” x 1-1/2”
A 4-1/64”
B
B 7-11/16”
C 2-1/2”
D
D 1-57/64”
91 5
Angle Hose Valve 300 Lb. Rated
A55
connection.
DOUBLE FEMALE
CE x 589 LISTED 618R
Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet and outlet forged
b brass valve.
Red hand wheel.
a
A PB
RC 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
PC
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”

B
A 4-1/64” 5-1/8”
D B 7-11/16” 10-9/16”
C 2-9/64” 3-5/32”
C D 1-57/64” 2-41/64”
Angle Hose Valve 300 Lb. Rated
A56
connection.
FEMALE X MALE
CE x 589 LISTED 618R
Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet x male hose thread
b
outlet forged brass valve.
Red hand wheel.
a
A
PB
RC 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
PC
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
B 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
A 4-1/64” 5-1/8”
D B 7-11/16” 10-9/16”
C 2-17/64” 3-3/16”
C
D 1-57/64” 2-41/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
6 92
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Straight Globe Hose Valve 300 Lb. Rated
A85
connection.
Ideal for wet and combination
system.
CE x 589
DOUBLE FEMALE
a
b Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet and outlet cast
brass valve, 300 lb.
Red hand wheel. a b
A
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
A 5-1/8”
B
B 10-53/64”
C 6-15/16”
D D 2-5/8”
Straight Globe Hose Valve 300 Lb. Rated
A86
connection.
Ideal for wet and combination
system.
CE x 589
FEMALE X MALE
a
Female NPT inlet x male hose thread
outlet cast brass valve, 300 lb.
A Red hand wheel. a b
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
B
A 5-1/8”
B 10-53/64”
D C 7-3/64”
D 2-5/8”
SPECIFY THREAD
93 7
Pressure Reducing Device Angle Valve 175 Lb. Rated
A155
Adjustable restriction of residual CERTIFICATIONS
pressures up to 175 lb. Locking pin
device restricts full opening of valve
by untrained personnel, pin may be
removed by firefighters to allow full
opening of valve. CE x 1258 LISTED 12HO
b DOUBLE FEMALE
Standard equipment:
a Female NPT inlet and outlet forged
brass valve. a b
Red hand wheel.
A
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
Optional Finishes:
PB 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
RC
PC
1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”

B
A 4-1/64” 5-1/8”
B 7-3/32” 9-31/32”
D
C 2-9/64” 3-5/16”
C D 1-57/64” 2-41/64”
Pressure Reducing Device Angle Valve 175 Lb. Rated
A156
Adjustable restriction of residual CERTIFICATIONS
pressures up to 175 lb. Locking pin
device restricts full opening of valve
by untrained personnel, pin may be
removed by firefighters to allow full
opening of valve. CE x 1258 LISTED 12HO
b FEMALE X MALE
Standard equipment:
a Female NPT inlet x male hose thread
outlet forged brass valve. a b
A Red hand wheel.
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
Optional Finishes:
PB 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
RC
PC
B 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
A 4-1/64” 5-1/8”
D B 7-3/32” 9-31/32”
C 2-17/64” 3”
C
D 1-57/64” 2-41/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
8 94
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Angle Pressure Reducing Valve With Checking Device
A201
400lb. field adjustable automatic CERTIFICATIONS
pressure regulating valve for use
as a fire hose rack assembly valve
or sprinkler control valve where
pressure requires regulation.
CE x 1259 LISTED 12HO
DOUBLE FEMALE
Cast bronze valve with Female NPT
a inlet and outlet.
Visual indicator. a b
A Red hand wheel.
With 1/4” NPT side taps for pressure 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
gauges
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
A 7-1/8”
B
B 17-27/32”
C 3-13/32”
D 3-3/4”
D
Angle Pressure Reducing Valve
A202
FEMALE X MALE
Cast bronze valve with Female NPT
a inlet x male hose thread outlet.
A Visual indicator. a b
Red hand wheel.
gauges
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
B A 7-7/8”
B 17-27/32”
C 3-15/32”
D D 3-3/4”
C
SPECIFY THREAD
95 9
Straight Pressure Reducing Valve With Checking Device
A203
DOUBLE FEMALE
a
Standard equipment:
b Cast bronze valve with Female NPT
inlet and outlet.
A Red hand wheel.
gauges
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
D A 7-7/8”
B
B 15-15/16”
C 7-7/8”
D 14-11/16”
Straight Pressure Reducing Valve
A204
FEMALE X MALE
a Standard equipment:
b Cast bronze valve with Female NPT
inlet x male hose thread outlet.
A
Red hand wheel.
gauges
2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
D
B A 7-7/8”
B 15-15/16”
C 8”
D 14-11/16”
SPECIFY THREAD
10 96
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Monitor Switch Adapter
A170
To be installed on pressure reducing
A170
valves A201 - A202 - A203 - A204
A 3-1/4”
B 3-37/64”
C 1-57/64”
Swing Check Valve
A140
a For sprinkler and standpipe systems. CERTIFICATIONS
Available with the following threads:

4” NPT inlet x Groove outlet;
4” NPT Male inlet x NPT Female outlet;
4” Groove inlet and outlet. CE x 1260 LISTED 97X7
4” MALE x FEMALE is FM approved

as “Anti-water Hammer check valve”
b
a b
4” 4”
Riser to Groove Check Valve
Sprinkler
Piping
C 4”
A A 5-23/64”
4” Pipe 2-1/2” Hose
B 7-29/32”
B C 3”
From Underground
97 11
Straight Single Clapper Two-Way Inlets
A95
Exposed auxiliary inlet connection CERTIFICATIONS
a with 500 G.P.M. inlet capacity
to supplement fire protection
water supply.
Exposed design provides an
economical method of satisfying CE x 1191 LISTED 166Y
Fire Dept. inlet requirements.
b b Standard equipment:
Cast brass two-way inlet body
with single swing clapper and pin
or rocker lug hose thread swivel; a b
straight NPT outlet connection.
4” 2-1/2”
Branding: “AUTO SPKR”
4” x 2-1/2”
A
A 5-33/64”
B 8-5/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
90° Single Clapper Two-Way Inlets
A96
Exposed auxiliary CERTIFICATIONS
a inlet connection with
500 G.P.M. inlet capacity
to supplement fire protection
water supply. Exposed design
provides an economical CE x 1191 LISTED 166Y
method of satisfying Fire Dept.
inlet requirements.
Cast brass two-way
inlet body with single swing clapper a b
and pin or rocker lug hose thread
swivel; 4” 2-1/2”
angle NPT outlet connection.
B
Branding: “AUTO SPKR”
4” x 2-1/2”
A 8-5/64”
A
B 6-11/16”
C 4-29/32”
C
SPECIFY THREAD
12 98
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 2 - FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
0006/5 IT-3995

Straight Two-way Male Outlets
A97
Used as a standpipe roof outlet
a a b
connection by the fire service.
Provides 250 G.P.M. minimum per 4” 2-1/2”
outlet.
Used with straight or angle hose 6” 2-1/2”
valves to provide water control
Standard equipment:
b b Cast brass body with female NPT 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
inlet and male NPT or male hose
thread outlets. A 4-57/64” 5-23/32”
Straight connection.
B 6-57/64” 8-5/8”
Rated pressure: 300 psi
SPECIFY THREAD
Straight Three-way Male Outlets
A97
aa Used as a standpipe roof outlet a b
outlet.
b b Cast brass body with female NPT 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
b thread outlets. A 6-21/32” 6-57/64”
B Straight connection.
B 10-11/16” 10-11/16”
C 5-3/64” 7-3/32”
A
SPECIFY THREAD
99 13
90° Two-way Male Outlets
A98
a Used as a standpipe roof outlet a b
outlet.
Standard equipment:
Cast brass body with female NPT 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
b b inlet and male NPT or male hose
thread outlets. A 6-7/64” 8-9/64”
Straight connection.
B 7-11/64” 9-1/64”
C 4-29/32” 4-33/64”
A
SPECIFY THREAD
90° Three-way Male Outlets
A98
a Used as a standpipe roof outlet
a b
outlet.
b Used with straight or angle hose 6” 2-1/2”
b
Standard equipment:
Cast brass body with female NPT 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
b A 6-15/32” 8-35/64”
thread outlets.
B Straight connection.
B 6-21/32” 9-27/32”
C 5-3/64” 7-3/32”
A D 5-21/64” 4-29/64”
E
E 5-55/64” 7-59/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
14 100
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Straight Concealed Siamese
A101
Concealed auxiliary inlet with 500 CERTIFICATIONS
a G.P.M. inlet capacity to supplement
Fire Protection water supply.
Standard equipment:
Cast brass two-way inlet body with CE x 1191 LISTED 175
double drop clappers; NPT Threads.
b
b
a b
4” 2-1/2”
C 4” 3”
6” 2-1/2”
4” x 2-1/2” 4” x 3” 6” x 2-1/2”
A A 5-61/64” 6-31/64” 8-19/64”
B 10-55/64” 12-1/16” 11-31/64”
D C 3-3/64” 5-19/64” 7-3/32”
D 7” 7-5/8” 7-5/8”
90° Concealed Siamese
A102
Concealed auxiliary inlet with 500 CERTIFICATIONS
G.P.M. inlet capacity to supplement
Fire Protection water supply.
Standard equipment:
Cast brass two-way inlet body with CE x 1191 LISTED 618R
double drop clappers; NPT Threads.
b
Note:
a b One body can serve as bottom or
top feed by changing clappers.
a b
4” 2-1/2”
C 4” 3”
6” 2-1/2”
B
4” x 2-1/2” 4” x 3” 6” x 2-1/2”
A 6-1/64” 6-1/2” 8-39/64”

A
B 10-55/64” 12-1/16” 12-15/32”
C 5-25/32” 6-9/32” 6-21/64”

D
D 7” 7-5/8” 7-5/8”
101 15
Straight Double Clapper Two-way Inlets
A105
Exposed auxiliary inlet connection CERTIFICATIONS
a with 500 G.P.M. inlet capacity to
supplement fire protection water
supply.
economical method of satisfying LISTED 166Y
Standard equipment:
b b Cast brass two-way inlet body with
double drop clappers and pin lug
hose thread swivels; straight NPT a b
outlet connection.
4” 2-1/2”
Branding:
A105/1 - AUTO-SPKR 4” 3”
A105/2 - STANDPIPE
6” 2-1/2”
A
6” 3”
B 4” x 2-1/2” 4” x 3” 6” x 2-1/2” 6” x 3”
A 7-9/32” 8-1/32” 8-5/32” 8-23/32”
B 11-21/32” 12-27/32” 11-21/32” 12-7/8”
SPECIFY THREAD
Straight Triple Clapper Three-way Inlets
A105
a Exposed auxiliary inlet connection
a b
with 500 G.P.M. inlet capacity to
supplement fire protection water 4” 2-1/2”
supply.
Exposed design provides an 6” 2-1/2”
economical method of satisfying
b Fire Dept. inlet requirements.
b
Standard equipment: 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
Cast brass three-way inlet body with
b triple drop clappers and pin lug hose A 9-17/64” 9-17/64”
B thread swivels; straight NPT outlet
connection. B 15-13/64” 15-13/64”
Branding: C 7-3/32” 7-3/32”

A A105/1 - AUTO-SPKR
A105/2 - STANDPIPE
SPECIFY THREAD
16 102
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

90° Double Clapper Two-way Inlets
A106
a Exposed auxiliary inlet connection CERTIFICATIONS
supplement fire protection water
supply.
economical method of satisfying LISTED 166Y
Standard equipment:
b
b Cast brass two-way inlet body with
double drop clappers and pin lug
hose thread swivels; angle NPT a b
outlet connection.
C 4” 2-1/2”
Branding:
A106/1 - AUTO-SPKR 4” 3”
A106/2 - STANDPIPE
6” 2-1/2”
6” 3”
A
4” x 2-1/2” 4” x 3” 6” x 2-1/2” 6” x 3”
A 8-31/64” 9-3/32” 9-15/32” 10-3/32”

B B 11-21/32” 12-27/32” 11-21/32” 12-7/8”
SPECIFY THREAD C 5-25/64” 5-21/32” 5-25/64” 5-57/64”
90° Triple Clapper Three-way Inlets
A106
a Exposed auxiliary inlet connection
a b
supplement fire protection water 4” 2-1/2”
supply.
Exposed design provides an 6” 2-1/2”
economical method of satisfying
b Fire Dept. inlet requirements.
b
Standard equipment: 4” x 2-1/2” 6” x 2-1/2”
Cast brass three-way inlet body with
b triple drop clappers and pin lug hose A 11-29/64” 11-29/64”
B thread swivels; angle NPT outlet
connection. B 15-13/64” 15-13/64”
Branding: C 5-25/64” 5-25/64”

A106/1 - AUTO-SPKR
A
A106/2 - STANDPIPE
SPECIFY THREAD
103 17
Plate
A103
Suitable to A101 -A102
A103
Standard equipment: A 9-3/32”
Cast brass two-way inlet body
with double drop clappers. B 15-3/64”
Branding:
A103/1 - AUTO-SPKR
A103/2 - STANDPIPE
A103/3- AUTO-SPKR STANDPIPE
A103/4 - WALL HYDRANT
A103/5 - PLAIN BUT UL EMBLEM
Optional Finishes:
PB
B PC
Leader Line Dual Ball Valve
A99
Chrome plated furnished with
a b
b b rocker lug swivels.
2-1/2” 1-1/2”
Standard equipment:
Red painted.
2-1/2” x 1-1/2”
A 4-13/32”
a
B 5-35/64”
C 6-7/64”
A D 8-15/64”
D
B
SPECIFY THREAD
18 104
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Single Inlet Connection
A190T
For residential sprinkler systems. CERTIFICATIONS
Available with NST or NPSH thread.
b
A190: no plug and chain.
LISTED 166Y
a
a b
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
B C
1-1/2” x 1-1/2”
A 4-11/32”
A
B 1-61/64”
C 29/32”
SPECIFY THREAD
Flush Fire Dept. Inlet Connections - Clapper Snoot Type
A111 End Outlet Body

Used as an auxiliary inlet connection
CERTIFICATIONS
to supplement the fire protection
water supply.
Available with 3, 4, 6 inlets;

NPT Threads. LISTED 10PM
a b Rated pressure: 300 psi

b
b
a b
A
6” 3”
B C 8” 3”
D
6” x 3” /3 6” x 3” /4 6” x 3” /6
A 23-23/64” 30-23/64” 44-23/64”
B 8-11/32” 8-11/32” 8-11/32”
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
D 7” 7” 7”
SPECIFY THREAD
105 19
A112 Back Outlet Body
a b
water supply. 6” 3”
a
Available with 4, 6 inlets; 8” 3”
b NPT Threads.
b
b
b
6” x 3” /4 6” x 3” /6
A 32-7/32” 46-7/32”
B 9-13/32” 9-13/32”
A E
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
D 7” 7”
B C
E 7-31/64” 7-31/64”
A113 Angle Outlet Body

a b
Available with 4, 6 intlets; 8” 3”
b NPT Threads.
b
b
b
a 6” x 3/4” 6” x 3/6”
A 32-7/32” 46-7/32”
A F B 8-25/32” 8-25/32”
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
C B E D 7” 7”
E 7-31/64” 7-31/64”
D
F 8-13/16” 8-13/16”
20 106
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Flush Fire Dept. Inlet Connections - Clapper Body Type
A121 End Outlet Body

a b
water supply. Drop clappers provide 6” 3”
unobstructed waterway.
a
8” 3”
b Supplied with HL configuration
b
b Available with 3, 4, 6 inlets;
b
NPT Threads.
6” x 3” /3 6” x 3” /4 6” x 3” /6
Standard version “Horizontal Left”
A 23-23/64” 30-23/64” 44-23/64”
A B 8-1/4” 8-1/4” 8-1/4”
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
D 7” 7” 7”
B C

D

a b
a unobstructed waterway.
8” 3”
b Supplied with H configuration
b b b Available with 4, 6 intlets;
NPT Threads.
6” x 3” /4 6” x 3” /6
Standard version “Horizontal”
A 32-7/32” 46-7/32”
A E B 9-5/16” 9-5/16”
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
B C D 7” 7”
E 7-31/64” 7-31/64”
D
107 21
a b
a water supply. Drop clappers provide 6” 3”
unobstructed waterway.
b 8” 3”
b Supplied with HB configuration
b
b Available with 4, 6 intlets;
NPT Threads.
6” x 3” /4 6” x 3” /6
Standard version “Horizontal Bottom”
A 32-7/32” 46-7/32”
A F B 8-11/16” 8-11/16”
C B E
C 7-21/64” 7-21/64”
D D 7” 7”
E 7-31/64” 7-31/64”
F 8-13/16” 8-13/16”
Flush Fire Dept. Inlet Connections - Clapper Snoot Type Four-way Square Body

a b
b b Available with NPT Threads. 8” 3”
a Rated pressure: 300 psi
b 6” x 3”
b
A 15-13/64”
D B B 8-55/64”
C 7-31/64”
D 7”
E 11-29/32”
D
E C
22 108
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

a b
b
b
Available with NPT Threads. 8” 3”
b Rated pressure: 300 psi

b
6” x 3”
a
A 15-5/16”
D B B 8-55/64”
C 7-31/64”
D 7”
E 11-29/32”
A D
E C
Flush Fire Dept. Inlet Connections - Clapper Body Type Four-way Square Body

a b
b b unobstructed waterway.
8” 3”
a Available with NPT Threads.
b Rated pressure: 300 psi

b
6” x 3”
A 15-13/64”
D B
B 9-1/4”
C 7-31/64”
D 7”
E 12-21/32”
A D
E C
109 23
a b
b unobstructed waterway.
b
8” 3”
Supplied with B configuration;
NPT Threads.
b
b
Standard version “Bottom” 6” x 3”
a A 15-25/64”
D B
B 8-17/64”
C 7-31/64”
D 7”
E 12-21/32”
A D
E C
24 110
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 3 - ADAPTERS AND CONNECTORS
0006/5 IT-3995

Hose Rack Mounting Nipple
A65
b Used to mount or hold rack.
a b
Standard equipment: 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
Forged brass finish valve with male
NPT inlet x male hose thread outlet. 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
Optional Finishes:
RB
PB 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
RC
a PC A 2-9/16” 3-7/64”
B 59/64” 1-11/32”
SPECIFY THREAD
Female To Male Reducer
A75
Used to reduce or change Fire Hose
a a b
threads.
2-1/2” 3/4”
Standard equipment:
Forged brass with pin or rocker lugs 2-1/2” 1-1/2”
with female thread larger than male
thread. 2-1/2” 2”
b
2-1/2” x 3/4” 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2”
A 1-1/16” 1-1/16” 1-1/16”
B 49/64” 5/8” 49/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
111 25
Female Open Snoot
A90
a Used to connect fire hose standpipe
a b
or sprinkler system.
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
FEMALE (SWIVEL) x FEMALE
2-1/2” 3”
Standard equipment:
Polish brass with female (pin lug
swivel) hose inlet x female NPT
outlet. 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2” 1/2 x 3”
b Swivel furnished with pin or rocker A 1-7/8” 2-1/64”

lugs.
B 13/16” 1-1/32”
Optional Finishes:
PC
SPECIFY THREAD
Male Open Snoot
A91
a Used to connect fire hose standpipe
a b
or sprinkler system.
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
FEMALE (SWIVEL) x MALE
2-1/2” 2”
Standard equipment:
Forged brass with female (pin lug 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
swivel) hose inlet x male NPT outlet.
2-1/2” 3”
Swivel furnished with pin or rocker
b lugs.
Optional Finishes: 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2-1/2” x 3”

PB
RC A 8-5/8” 10-57/64” 10-57/64” 10-31/32”
PC
B 13/16” 51/64” 1-15/64” 1-13/64”
A
SPECIFY THREAD
26 112
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Female Open Snoot Base
A83
To be used on any thread swivel A89
a a b
MALE x FEMALE 2-1/2” 2-1/2”
Standard equipment: 2-1/2” 3”
Forged brass with female hose inlet
x female NPT outlet.
2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2-1/2” x 3”

b A 1-3/4” 2-5/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
Male Open Snoot Base
A87
a To be used on any thread swivel A89
a b
MALE x FEMALE 2-1/2” 2”
Forged brass with female hose inlet
x male NPT outlet. 2-1/2” 3”
2-1/2” x 2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2-1/2” x 3”
A 1-25/32” 2-5/32” 2-7/32”
SPECIFY THREAD
113 27
Male To Male Adapter
A88
a To convert NPT female thread to
a b
male hose thread.
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
2-1/2” 3”
2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2-1/2” x 3”
b A 1-29/64” 1-31/32”
Male To Groove Adapter
A88G
a To convert NPT female thread
a b
to Groove thread.
2-1/2” 2-1/2”
4” 4”
2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 4”x 4”

b A 2-3/64” 2-3/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
28 114
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Swivel
A89
Available with pin or rocker lugs.
2-1/2” 3”
A 4-1/2” 5-15/64”
B 1-29/64” 1-1/2”
Male To Male Adapter
A92
a To adapt or reduce threads, and
a b
change NPT pipe thread to hose
thread. 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
MALE x MALE 2-1/2” 2”
Brass hexagon type.
2-1/2” 3”
b
1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 2-1/2” x 3”
A 61/64” 1-7/16” 1-7/16” 1-25/64”
B 13/16” 13/16” 1-15/64” 1-19/64”

A
SPECIFY THREAD
115 29
Female To Male Adapter
A93
a To adapt or reduce threads or
a b
change NPT pipe thread to hose
thread. 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
FEMALE X MALE 2-1/2” 2”
Brass hexagon type.
b 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
A 51/64” 1-3/64” 1-9/64”
B 39/64” 53/64” 1”
SPECIFY THREAD
Female To Female Adapter
A94
For thread conversion
a a b
FEMALE x FEMALE 1-1/2” 1-1/2”
Brass hexagon type.
1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
b A 1-27/64” 2-3/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
30 116
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

0006/5 IT-3995

Bushing
A104
To change 6” to 8” or 4” to 6”
a b
thread.
a
6” 4”
FEMALE x MALE
8” 6”
Standard equipment:
Brass bushing with female thread
on one end and male on other end;
NPT Threads. 6” x 4” 8” x 6”
b
A 2-25/64” 3-5/32”
SPECIFY THREAD
Female Check Snoot
A90C
To connect fire hose on multiple CERTIFICATIONS
inlet Fire Dept. connections. Checks
excess backflow of water.
FEMALE (SWIVEL) x FEMALE

a b LISTED 166Y
Standard equipment:
Cast brass with female (swivel) hose
inlet x female NPT outlet
and checking device.
Swivel furnished with pin a b

or rocker lugs.
2-1/2” 3”
Optional Finishes:
C PB
PC
2-1/2” x 3”
A 6-57/64”
B 4-11/64”
B
A C 2-21/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
117 31
Male Check Snoot
A91C
To connect fire hose on multiple CERTIFICATIONS
inlet Fire Dept. connections. Checks
excess backflow of water.
FEMALE (SWIVEL) x MALE

a b LISTED 166Y
Standard equipment:
Cast brass with female (swivel) hose
inlet x female NPT outlet
and checking device.
Swivel furnished with pin a b

or rocker lugs.
2-1/2” 3”
Optional Finishes:
PB
C PC
2-1/2” x 3”
A 7-3/32”
B 4-9/32”
B
A C 2-21/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
32 118
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 4 - ACCESSORIES
0006/5 IT-3995

Cap And Chain
A80
To cover and protect male outlet
1-1/2” 2-1/2” 3”
threads on valves and hydrants.
Prevents entry of foreign material. A 1-15/64” 1-35/64” 1-23/32”
Standard equipment:
Forged brass with chain.

a
Optional Finishes:
PB
RC
PC
SPECIFY THREAD
Plug And Chain
A81
For Fire Dept. inlet connections.
1-1/2” 2-1/2” 3”
Prevents entry of foreign matter
and protects female threads. A 1-35/64” 2-7/32” 2-3/8”
Standard equipment:
Forged brass plug with male hose
thread and attached chain.

a
Optional Finishes:
PB
RC
PC
SPECIFY THREAD
119 33
Cap And Chain In Plastic (Abs) Red Color
A80P
1-1/2” 2-1/2”
Prevents entry of foreign material. A 1-15/64” 1-35/64”
Standard equipment:
ABS - with chain.
Available with rocker lugs.
SPECIFY THREAD
Cap And Chain In Plastic (Abs) Chrome Plated
A80PC
1-1/2” 2-1/2”
Prevents entry of foreign material. A 1-15/64” 1-35/64”
Standard equipment:
ABS - with chain.
Available with rocker lugs.
a Optional Finishes:
PC
SPECIFY THREAD
34 120
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 5 - COUPLINGS
0006/5 IT-3995

Double Jacket Brass Coupling
A70
Pin lug coupling for use with single
Type Lenght (mm) Thread Øi Jacket
or double jacket linen hose.
C0 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-11/16” L
Standard equipment:
Forged brass finish, 1-1/2” or D0 28.5 1-1/2” NPSH 1-11/16 L
2-1/2” sizes, with swivels washer.
E 31.8 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” S
Coupling Jacket:
S- Single F 31.8 1-1/2” NPSH 1-3/4” S
D- Double
L- Linen P 31.8 1-1/2” NST 1-13/16” S
Optional Finishes: R 31.8 1-1/2” NPSH 1-13/16” D

PB
RC E0 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” D
PC
F0 38.2 1-1/2” NPSH 1-3/4” D
Expansion ring not supplied
T0 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-7/8” D
Øi
T 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-15/16” D
A1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-11/16” L
C1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-11/16” S

L L B1 38.8 2-1/2” NYFD 2-11/16” L
B2 38.8 2-1/2” NYC 2-11/16” L

SPECIFY
SPECIFYTHREAD
TYPE
L1 38.8 2-1/2” NYFD 2-11/16” S
D1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-13/16” S
D2C 38.8 2-1/2” NYC 2-13/16” S
D2D 38.8 2-1/2” NYFD 2-13/16” S
F1 38.8 2-1/2” NPSH 2-13/16” S
S1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-27/32” S
U1 38.8 2-1/2” NPSH 2-27/32” S
S2 38.8 2-1/2” NYC 2-27/32” S
M1 45.2 2-1/2” NST 3” D
O1 45.2 2-1/2” NPSH 3” D
AA 31.8 2” NST 2-19/64” S
BB 31.8 2” NPSH 2-19/64” S
CC 38.2 2” NST 2-35/64” D
DD 38.2 2” NPSH 2-35/64” D
121 35
A70
Rocker lug coupling for use with
single or double jacket linen hose.
A0 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-11/16” L
Standard equipment:
Forged brass finish, 1-1/2” or B0 28.5 1-1/2” NPSH 1-11/16” L
2-1/2” sizes, with swivels washer.
M 31.8 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” S
Coupling Jacket:
S- Single O 31.8 1-1/2” NPSH 1-3/4” S
D- Double
L- Linen Q 31.8 1-1/2” NST 1-13/16” S
Optional Finishes: S 31.8 1-1/2” NPSH 1-13/16” S

PB
RC U0 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-7/8” D
PC
Z0 38.2 1-1/2” NPSH 1-7/8” D
U 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-15/16” D
Øi
Z 38.2 1-1/2” NPSH 1-15/16” D
M0 38.2 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” D
O0 38.2 1-1/2” NPSH 1-3/4” D

L L E1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-13/16” S
G1 38.8 2-1/2” NPSH 2-13/16” S

SPECIFY
SPECIFYTHREAD
TYPE
T1 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-27/32” S
V1 38.8 2-1/2” NPSH 2-27/32” S
T2 38.8 2-1/2” NYC 2-27/32” S
A3 38.8 2-1/2” CSA 2-3/4” S
C3 38.8 2-1/2” QST 2-3/4” S
E3 38.8 2-1/2” BCT 2-3/4” S
F3 38.8 2-1/2” WCT 2-3/4” S
D3 38.8 2-1/2” NST 2-3/4” S
H3 38.8 2-1/2” NSST 2-3/4” S
N1 45.2 2-1/2” NST 3” D
P1 45.2 2-1/2” NPSH 3” D
N2 45.2 2-1/2” NYC 3” D
B3 45.2 2-1/2” CSA 3” D
G3 45.2 2-1/2” QST 3” D
36 122
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 5 - COUPLINGS
0006/5 IT-3995

Single Jacket Brass Coupling
A70
Pin or rocker lug coupling for use
with single or double jacket linen
hose. A 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-11/16” L
Standard equipment: A2 28.5 1-1/2” CHT 1-11/16” L
Forged brass finish, 1-1/2” or
2-1/2” sizes and swivel washer. B 28.5 1-1/2” NPSH 1-11/16” L
Coupling Jacket: L 28.5 1-1/2” NYFD 1-11/16” L

S- Single
L- Linen N 28.5 1-1/2” PCT 1-11/16” L
Optional Finishes: C 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” S

PB
Øi RC D 28.5 1-1/2” NPSH 1-3/4” S
PC

L L
G 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-11/16” L
I 28.5 1-1/2” NPSH 1-11/16” L

Øi
H 28.5 1-1/2” NST 1-3/4” L
L L
SPECIFY
SPECIFYTHREAD
TYPE
Forestry Coupling
A71
Standard equipment:
1-1/2”
Forged brass external long quick
connect coupling for forestry fire A 2-49/64”
hose.
B 1-13/16”
C 1-9/32”
B C
123 37
Adjustable Fog Nozzle
A7A
For Hose Rack. CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
Forged brass finished nozzle with
adjustable fog, straight-stream and
shut-off feature. CE x 1256 LISTED 647X
Optional Finishes:
PB
RC
PC
1-1/2”
A 3-13/16”
SPECIFY THREAD
Adjustable Fog Nozzle With Bumper To Protect Nozzle
A7B
For Industrial Application. CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
shut-off feature. CE x 1260 LISTED 97X7
Optional Finishes:
PB
PC
1-1/2” 2-1/2”
A 3-13/16” 5-9/16”
SPECIFY THREAD
38 124
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 6 - NOZZLES
0006/5 IT-3995

Adjustable Fog Nozzle With Bumper To Protect Nozzle
A7B storz
For Industrial Application
1-1/2” 2-1/2”
storz connection
A 5-19/32” 6-7/64”
Standard equipment:
shut-off feature.
SPECIFY THREAD
Plastic Adjustable Fog Nozzle With Bumper
A7BP
For Residential Application CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
Nozzle with adjustable fog,
straight-stream and shut-off feature.
CE x 589 LISTED 647X
1-1/2” 4-37/64”
SPECIFY THREAD
125 39
Automatic Ball Drip
A58
a To drain low point of system
a b
between swing check valve and
Fire Dept. connection. 1/2” 1/2”
Automatically seals under pressure.
Must be installed in vertical 3/4” 3/4”
position only.
MALE x MALE
1/2” 3/4”
Standard equipment:
b A 2-11/16” 2-11/16”
Cast brass straight connection male
NPT both.
Line-tester
A59
c For installing the last sprinkler head CERTIFICATIONS
on system branch lines, controls
water flow for flushing or testing of
a the system.
Available with NPT Threads. LISTED 166Y
a b c
1” 1” 1/2”
A
1” x 1”
B A 1-11/32”
E
B 2-3/16”
D
C 4”
C D 1-1/2”
E 1-9/32”
40 126
April 2009
0163EN ISO 9001: 2000

Chapter 7 - SPECIALTIES
0006/5 IT-3995

Brass Automatic Drain Valve
A91AD
b Used to prevent water damage to
a b
hose due to valve leakage
1-1/2” 1-1/2”
Standard equipment:
Cast brass female pin lug swivel hose
thread drain vlave with ball seal,
activated at 3 psi. 1-1/2”
a&b = NST Threads A 4-53/64”
a B 4-55/64”
B
C 2-61/64”
D 2-1/8”
A
D
C
SPECIFY THREAD
Full Port Ball Valve
R910
FEMALE x FEMALE CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet and outlet, forged
brass body, chrome plated ball with
teflon seats. LISTED 757X
b
a
a/b PORT A B C D H
1/2” 19/32” 2-7/32” 1-7/16” 3-3/64” 2-5/64” 63/64”
3/4” 51/64” 2-15/32” 1-29/32” 3-3/4” 2-23/32” 1-7/32”
1” 63/64” 3” 2-1/16” 3-3/4” 3-1/32” 1-9/16”

C
1-1/4” 1-17/64” 3-13/32” 2-1/4” 3-3/4” 3-13/32” 1-55/64”
H 1-1/2” 1-37/64” 3-51/64” 2-49/64” 5-3/8” 4-15/64” 2-1/8”

B
D 2” 1-31/32” 4-23/64” 3-5/64” 5-3/8” 4-55/64” 2-5/8”
PORT
2-1/2” 2-1/2” 6-1/64” 4-23/64” 7-11/32” 6-21/32” 3-15/64”
A 3” 3” 6-13/16” 7-31/64” 7-11/32” 7-13/32” 3-25/32”
4” 4” 8-17/32” 6-1/64” 10-7/64” 9-31/64” 4-31/32”
127 41
Test And Drain Valve
A61
FEMALE x FEMALE CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
Female NPT inlet and outlet, forged
brass body, chrome plated ball
b with teflon seats. LISTED 36Y7
FM APPROVAL ONLY FOR 1” and 1-1/4”

c
a/b 1” 1” 1” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 1-1/4”
Orifice 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 17/32” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 17/32” 5/8” 3/4”
K factor 2.8 4.2 5.6 8.0 2.8 4.2 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0
C
H a/b 2”
B
D Orifice 7/16” 1/2” 17/32” 5/8” 3/4” 15/16” 1-5/64” 1-9/64”
PORT
K factor 4.2 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0 16.8 22.4 25.2
A
DIMENSION C (plug) PORT A B C D H
1” & 1-1/4” 1/4” 1-1/16” 5-1/32” 2-43/64” 5-11/32” 4-27/64” 1-57/64
2” 1/4” 1-12/16” 6-6/32” 4” 6-26/32” 6-21/64” 2-40/64”
A61
GROOVE X GROOVE CERTIFICATIONS
Standard equipment:
GROOVE inlet and outlet, forged
b brass body, chrome plated ball
with teflon seats. LISTED 36Y7
FM APPROVAL ONLY FOR 1” and 1-1/4”

a/b 1-1/4”
Orifice 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 17/32” 5/8” 3/4”
C
K factor 2.8 4.2 5.6 8.0 11.0 14.0
H H
B a/b 2”
D
PORT
Orifice 7/16” 1/2” 17/32” 5/8” 3/4” 15/16” 1-5/64” 1-9/64”

K factor 4.2 5.6 8.0 11.2 14.0 16.8 22.4 25.2
DIMENSION C (plug) PORT A B C D H

1-1/4” 1/4” 1-1/16” 6-13/32” 2-43/64” 5-11/32” 4-27/64” 1-1/4” GROOVE"
2” 1/4” 1-12/16” 7-17/32” 4” 6-26/32” 6-21/64” 2” GROOVE"
42 128
April 2009
0163EN Quantity

Fig. Size Q.ty x Carton Fig. Size Q.ty x Carton
A7A 1-1/2” 20 A88 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 20
A7B 1-1/2” 20 A88 2-1/2” x 3” 20
A7B 2-1/2” 20 A88G 2-1/2” 20
A7P 1-1/2” 20 A88G 4” 15
A50 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12 A89 2-1/2” 25
A51 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12 A90 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 10
A53 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6 A90 2-1/2” x 3” 10
A53 3” x 1-1/2” 6 A90C 2-1/2” x 3” 10
A53G 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6 A91 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 50
A55 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12 A91 2-1/2” x 2” 10
A55 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6 A91 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 10
A56 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12 A91 2-1/2” x 3” 10
A56 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6 A91AD 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 10
A58 1/2” x 1/2” 100 A91C 2-1/2” x 3” 5
A58 3/4” x 3/4” 100 A92 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 50
A59 1” x 1” 50 A92 2-1/2” x 2” 20
A61 1” and 1-1/4” 5 A92 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 20
A61 2” 4 A92 2-1/2” x 3” 20
A65 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 25 A93 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 50
A65 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 10 A93 2-1/2” x 2” 20
A70 1-1/2” 25 A93 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 20
A70 2-1/2” 10 A94 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 50
A71 1-1/2” 25 A94 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 25
A75 2-1/2” x 3/4” 50 A95 4” x 2-1/2” 8
A75 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” 50 A96 4” x 2-1/2” 8
A75 2-1/2” x 2” 50 A97 4” x 2-1/2” 10
A80 1-1/2” 100 A97 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A80 2-1/2” 50 A97 Three-way 4” x 2-1/2” 1
A80 3” 20 A97 Three-way 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A80P 1-1/2” 100 A98 4” x 2-1/2” 10
A80P 2-1/2” 50 A98 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A80PC 1-1/2” 100 A98 Three-way 4” x 2-1/2” 1
A80PC 2-1/2” 50 A98 Three-way 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A81 1-1/2” 50 A99 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” 10
A81 2-1/2” 20 A101 4” x 2-1/2” 4
A81 3” 10 A101 4” x 3” 1
A83 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 25 A101 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A83 2-1/2” x 3” 25 A102 4” x 2-1/2” 4
A85 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 4 A102 4” x 3” 1
A86 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 4 A102 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A87 2-1/2” x 2” 25 A103 5
A87 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 25 A104 6” x 4” 20
129
Fig. Size Q.ty x Carton Fig. Size Q.ty x Carton
A105 4” x 2-1/2” 4 A204 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 1
A105 4” x 3” 1 R910 1/2” 100
A105 6” x 2-1/2” 1 R910 3/4” 100
A105 6” x 3” 1 R910 1” 50
A105 Three-way 4” x 2-1/2” 1 R910 1-1/4” 20
A105 Three-way 6” x 2-1/2” 1 R910 1-1/2” 20
A106 4” x 2-1/2” 4 R910 2” 20
A106 4” x 3” 1 R910 2-1/2” 4
A106 6” x 2-1/2” 1 R910 3” 2
A106 6” x 3” 1 R910 4” 2
A106 Three-way 4” x 2-1/2” 1
A106 Three-way 6” x 2-1/2” 1
A111 6” x 3” 1
A111 8” x 3” 1
A112 6” x 3” 1
A112 8” x 3” 1
A113 6” x 3” 1
A113 8” x 3” 1
A114 6” x 3” 1
A114 8” x 3” 1
A115 6” x 3” 1
A115 8” x 3” 1
A121 6” x 3” 1
A121 8” x 3” 1
A122 6” x 3” 1
A122 8” x 3” 1
A123 6” x 3” 1
A123 8” x 3” 1
A124 6” x 3” 1
A124 8” x 3” 1
A125 6” x 3” 1
A125 8” x 3” 1
A140 4” x 4” 4
A155 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12
A155 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6
A156 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 12
A156 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 6
A170 100
A190T 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” 20
A201 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 1
A202 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 1
A203 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” 1
130
4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com
Technical Support • 989-414-2600 • techservice@globesprinkler.com
MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD

CHECK ASSEMBLY
(With or Without Control Valve)
1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 76.1mm, 3", 4", 6", 165.1mm, 8"
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Globe Series “UMC” Universal Manifold Check is a
first of its kind, UL Listed and FM Approved, complete floor
control station or shotgun riser assembly. It is pressure
rated for 300 psi (20,6 bar). It provides the most compact
“footprint” while delivering all of the necessary components
for your floor control station as required by the NFPA Stan-
dards. With its multiple available configurations, it allows
the contractor to order the suitable configuration for the site
specific needs. The “UMC” Universal Manifold Check is
more than just a traditional stand-alone manifold. It serves
as a complete floor control station as well as a complete
shotgun riser assembly inclusive of Control Valve with In-
ternal Supervisory Switch; Check Valve; Flow Switch; Test MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY
and Drain Assembly; Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve As-
sembly pre-piped to drain; supply gauge (4", 6" and 8") and
system gauge (1 1/4" through 8"). The “UMC” Universal
Manifold Check replaces the need to order individual “Riser SHOTGUN RISER ASSEMBLY
Manifolds” plus control valves, check valves, and relief "Shotgun Riser Assemblies" are those assemblies which
valve kits as all of these components are integrated into are typically installed in vertical orientations on individual
the one compact design, saving space as well as the labor system Risers. The Globe “Shotgun” Riser Manifold As-
to connect these separate components. For sizes 3" and sembly is available in 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150),
smaller, an 18" long stainless steel braided flexible hose is and 8 inch (DN 200) sizes and is equipped with a control
included with the UMC for connecting the Test and Drain valve; check valve; flow switch; test and drain valve with
valve to a drain stack. The design takes into account both NFPA required pressure relief valve; 2 gauges (system and
“left-hand” and “right-hand” orientations. (8" version avail- supply). Sizes 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150), and 8 inch
able preassembled in right-hand orientation only) (DN 200) are equipped with a pressure gauge on both sys-
tem side and supply side of the check valve clapper. The
FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY 8" UMC consists of a Universal Manifold, a Victaulic Series
The UMC may be utilized to meet the NFPA 13 require- 717 Grooved Check Valve and an optional Victaulic Series
ments for Floor Control Valve Assemblies where there are 705 Grooved Butterfly Valve.
multistory buildings exceeding two stories in height requir-
ing zoning by floor or whenever separate control and floor
zoning is specified. The UMC has been engineered with
space savings in mind for those commonly installed appli- TECHNICAL DATA
cations in stairwell landings and small alcoves. All UMC Approvals
assemblies include the NFPA 13 required Listed Pressure
Relief Valve which is pre-piped to drain. The relief valve is • cULus
preset for 175 psi and is adjustable to 310 psi for high pres- • FM
sure system conditions. In addition to the relief valve, the Maximum System Working Pressure
UMC is equipped with a Test and Drain Valve. The Test and • 300 psi (20.6 Bar)
Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be End Connections
utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having
K-Factors of 2.8 or larger. • See Table A
Note: NFPA 13 requires that a test connection providing a flow rate equal to or Materials of Construction
less than one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice on the system is • See Figure 1
to be provided.
A pressure gauge is provided above the check valve clap- *Multiple Patents Pending
per for sizes 1¼” through 3” to meet the gauge require-
ment per NFPA 13 for Floor Control Assemblies. Typically
the supply side gauge is not required for multistory build-
ings with floor control stations as a system gauge would be
on the main feed/riser but all Model UMC Manifold Check
Valves are equipped with a 1/4" (DN 8) port below the clap-
per to accommodate a second gauge if desired.
JUNE 2020 GFV-120 Page 1 of 14
131
4 3 2 1
6
6
1
B 12 1 12 B
11
8
21
26
15
2 9 2
14
10
11
19
6
18 16
3 17
7
20
4 3
13 4
5
5
5 SECTION A-A
A A
A
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

4 NO. 3 2 1
1 UMC VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON
2 RECESSED HEX PLUG STAINLESS STEEL
3 FLOW SWITCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE
4 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE

BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE
5 SEE GLOBE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE TECHNICAL LITERATURE
WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCH
6 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC
7 THREEWAY VALVE BRONZE
8 UMC COVER PLATE DUCTILE IRON
9 BOLT STAINLESS STEEL
10 FLOW SWITCH ADAPTER DUCTILE IRON
11 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV570
12 MODEL ARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV575
13 FLOW SWITCH PLUG DUCTILE IRON
14 UMC VALVE CLAPPER STAINLESS STEEL
15 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING BOLT STAINLESS STEEL
16 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING NUT STAINLESS STEEL
17 UMC VALVE HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL
18 CLAPPER FACING RETAINING RING STAINLESS STEEL
19 CLAPPER FACING EDPM
20 FLOW SWITCH PLUG BOLT STAINLESS STEEL
21 CLAPPER SPRING STAINLESS STEEL
NOTE:
• 4" (DN100) shown as reference
• See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table A through G for part numbers for all sizes and configurations
• Flow switch rotated 90 degrees on 1-1/4" through 2 1/2" sizes
FIGURE 1: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
(1¼" - 6")

132
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

NO.
1 UM VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON
2 SERIES 717 CHECK VALVE DUCTILE IRON BODY SEE VICTAULIC SUBMITTAL 10.08
3 FLOW SWITCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE
4 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE

BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE
5 SEE VICTAULIC SUBMITTAL 10.81
WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCH
6 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC
7 3-WAY SOG VALVE BRONZE
8 FLOW SWITCH ADAPTER DUCTILE IRON
9 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV570
10 MODEL ARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV575
NOTE:
• See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table A through G for part numbers for all sizes and configurations
FIGURE 2: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
(8")

133
MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
LEFT HANDED VS RIGHT HANDED
Both the shotgun riser assembly and the floor control tion of the Model UTD Test and Drain determines the
station assembly are available as left handed or right "Hand" of the valve. If the Model UTD Test and Drain
handed assembly. The determining factor of the left is connected to the port on the right side of the valve
handed vs right handed is the position of the Model body, it is considered a right handed assembly. If the
UTD Test and Drain. While looking at the faceplate Model UTD Test and Drain is connected to the port on
with the Model UMC valve in the vertical orientation the left side of the Model UMC valve the assembly is
and flow upward
2 (shotgun riser orientation),
1 the posi- considered left handed.
4 3
TEST AND DRAIN TEST AND DRAIN

ASSEMBLY UMC BODY ASSEMBLY
B B
MIRRORED PORTS FOR
ALTERNATE TEST AND
DRAIN LOCATIONS
A
B
B
FLOW SWITCH
1
4
NOTE: SUPPLY GAUGE NOTE: SUPPLY GAUGE
NOT INCLUDED ON 3" NOT INCLUDED ON 3"
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
BUTTERFLY
A A VALVE
2
3
FLOW FLOW
LEFT HANDED
2 ASSEMBLY
1 RIGHT
4 HANDED ASSEMBLY
3
CONFIGURATION REPRESENTATIVE OF SIZES 3" THROUGH 6"
MIRRORED FLOW SWITCH FLOW SWITCH MIRRORED

PORT PORT
BUTTERFLY VALVE
3
2
FLOW
UMC BODY UMC BODY

4
TEST AND DRAIN TEST AND DRAIN

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
A
B
LEFT HANDED ASSEMBLY RIGHT HANDED ASSEMBLY

A
CONFIGURATION REPRESENTATIVE OF SIZES 1 1/4" THROUGH 2 1/2"
FIGURE 3: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY

LEFT HANDED VS RIGHT HANDED
134
TABLE A: 1¼" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS
ASSEMBLY APPROXIMATE
UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
SIZE END TEST AND PART NUMBER
R-RIGHT VALVE WEIGHTS
CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
1 1/4" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9)

1 1/4" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-H 19.0 (8.6)
1 1/4" L GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317800-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/4" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-L-H 19.0 (8.6)
1 1/4" R NONE GXG 1" 317843-R-H 19.0 (8.6)
1 1/4" R GL300G GXG 1" 317843-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/4" R SERIES 728 GXG 1" 317843-R-V-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/4" L NONE GXG 1" 317843-L-H 19.0 (8.6)
1 1/4" L GL300G GXG 1" 317843-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/4" L SERIES 728 GXG 1" 317843-L-V-H 24.0 (10.9)
TABLE B: 1½" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS

UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
1 1/2" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9)

1 1/2" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-H 18.3 (8.3)
1 1/2" L GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/2" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-H 18.3 (8.3)
1 1/2" R NONE GXG 1" 317844-R-H 18.3 (8.3)
1 1/2" R GL300G GXG 1" 317844-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/2" R SERIES 728 GXG 1" 317844-R-V-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/2" L NONE GXG 1" 317844-L-H 18.3 (8.3)
1 1/2" L GL300G GXG 1" 317844-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9)
1 1/2" L SERIES 728 GXG 1" 317844-L-V-H 24.0 (10.9)
TABLE C: 2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS

UMC BODY MODEL UTD
SIZE CONTROL END TEST AND PART NUMBER SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
2" R GL300G GXG 1" 317806-R-B-H 26.0 (11.8)

2" R SERIES 705 GXG 1" 317806-R-V-H 26.0 (11.8)
2" R NONE GXG 1" 317806-R-H 19.2 (8.7)
2" L GL300G GXG 1" 317806-L-B-H 26.0 (11.8)
2" L SERIES 705 GXG 1" 317806-L-V-H 26.0 (11.8)
2" L NONE GXG 1" 317806-L-H 19.2 (8.7)

135
TABLE D: 2½" (DN65)/76.1 MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS
UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
2 1/2" R GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1)

2 1/2" R SERIES 705 GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-V-H 31.0 (14.1)
2 1/2" R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-H 23.5 (10.7)
2 1/2" L GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1)
2 1/2" L SERIES 705 GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-V-H 31.0 (14.1)
2 1/2" L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-H 23.5 (10.7)
76.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1)
76.1 mm R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-R-H 23.5 (10.7)
76.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1)
76.1 mm L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L-H 23.5 (10.7)
TABLE E: 3" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS

UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
3" R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-R-B-H 59.0 (26.8)

3" R SERIES 705 GXG 1 1/4" 317812-R-V-H 59.0 (26.8)
3" R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317812-R-H 35.4 (16.1)
3" L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-B-H 59.0 (26.8)
3" L SERIES 705 GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-V-H 59.0 (26.8)
3" L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-H 35.4 (16.1)
TABLE F: 4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS

UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
4" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-R-B 87.5 (39.7)

4" R SERIES 705 GXG 2" 317817-R-V 87.5 (39.7)
4" R NONE GXG 2" 317817-R 58.9 (26.7)
4" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-L-B 87.5 (39.7)
4" L SERIES 705 GXG 2" 317817-L-V 87.5 (39.7)
4" L NONE GXG 2" 317817-L 58.9 (26.7)

136
TABLE G: 6" (DN150)/165.1MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS
UMC BODY MODEL UTD
CONTROL SHIPPING
L-LEFT LBS. (kg)
6" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-R-B 124.5 (56.5)

6" R SERIES 705 GXG 2" 317818-R-V 124.5 (56.5)
6" R NONE GXG 2" 317818-R 80.0 (36.3)
6" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-L-B 124.5 (56.5)
6" L SERIES 705 GXG 2" 317818-L-V 124.5 (56.5)
6" L NONE GXG 2" 317818-L 80.0 (36.3)
165.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-R-B 124.5 (56.5)
165.1 mm R NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-R 80.0 (36.3)
165.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-L-B 124.5 (56.5)
165.1 mm L NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-L 80.0 (36.3)
TABLE H: 8" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS

ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE
CONTROL
SIZE END TEST AND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS
VALVE
R-RIGHT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg)
8" R Series 705 GXG 2" 317798-01 177 (80.3)

8" R NONE GXG 2" 317798-02 123 (55.8)

137
UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe
• 1¼" = 6 feet • 2½" = 14 feet • 6" = 30 feet
• 1½" = 9 feet • 3" = 11 feet • 8" = 23 feet
• 2" = 8 feet • 4" = 14 feet
FIGURE 4: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITHOUT BFV)
FRICTION LOSS CURVES 1¼" TO 8"
UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe
• 1¼" = 8 feet • 2½" = 22 feet • 6" = 38 feet
• 1½" = 11 feet • 3" = 17.5 feet • 8" = 27 feet
• 2" = 12 feet • 4" = 18.5 feet
FIGURE 5: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITH BFV) ASSEMBLY

FRICTION LOSS CURVES 1¼" TO 8"
138
TABLE I: MODEL UMC AND BUTTERFLY VALVE END TO END DIMENSIONS
End to End Dimen- End to End Dimension
Butterfly Control Valve sion Without Butterfly With Butterfly Control
Size Butterfly Valve Model End to End Dimension Control Valve inches Valve
inches (mm) (mm) inches (mm)
1 1/4" 2.64 10.75 12.89
GL300T
MT x FT (67.9) (273) (327)
4 15.4
GL300G (101.6) (391)
1 1/4" 11.4
GxG (290)
7.25 18.65
SERIES 728 (184) (474)
1 1/2" 2.87 10.75 13.12

GL300T
MT x FT (73) (273) (333)
4.1 15.5
GL300G (104) (394)
1 1/2" 11.4
GxG (290)
7.25 18.65
SERIES 728 (184) (474)
4.49 14.49
GL300G (114) (368)
2" 10
GxG (254)
SERIES 705 4.25 14.25
(108.0) (362)
4.49 15.12
GL300G (114) (384)
2 1/2" 10.63
GxG (270)
3.77 14.4
SERIES 705 (95.8) (365.8)
76.1 mm 4.49 10.63 15.12

GL300G
GxG (114) (270) (384)
3.8 16.55
GLR300G (96.4) (420)
3" 12.75
GxG (324)
3.77 16.52
SERIES 705 (95.8) (419.6)
4.5 19.13
GLR300G (115.4) (486)
4" 14.63
GxG (371)
4.63 19.26
SERIES 705 (117.6) (488.6)
5.2 22.64
GLR300G (132.4) (575)
6" 17.44
GxG (443)
5.88 23.32
SERIES 705 (149.4) (592.4)
165.1 mm 5.2 17.44 22.64

GLR300G
GxG (132.4) (443) (575)
8" 5.33 26.0 31.71

SERIES 705
GxG (135.4) (660.4) (805.4)

139
6 5 4 3 2 1
F
F
ref.
H
H
I
A B
D G B
C A C D G
E
E
A B C D E F G H I
SIZE Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5
1 1/4" TXT (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241)
3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4
1 1/4" GXG —
(79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (301) (50) (290)
3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5
1 1/2" TXT
6 5 (79) 4 (157) 3 (214) (150)
2 (170) 1 (328) (50) (272) (241)
3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4
1 1/2" GXG (79) (157) (214) 6 (150) 5(170) (301) 4 (50) 3 (290) —
2
3.9 5.4 7.6 6 6.8 11.9 2.1 10
2" —
(99) (136) (193) (150) (173) (301) (53) (254)
3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6
2 1/2" —
(84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269)
3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6
76.1 mm —
(84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269)
2 1
FIGURE 6: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 1¼" TO 2½"
317798 317798
B A
B
A
F F
F
H H
H
B
D
A C D D
B B
E G
A A C C
3"- 6" 8"
A B AC B D C H D F H F
A B C D E
9.1 [230] 8.6 [217] 9.1 [230]
11.3 F
[286]8.6 [217]
10.4 [264]11.3 [286]
26.2 [665]10.4 [264]
27.9 G
[709]26.2 [665] 27.9 [709] H
SIZE inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 6.5 6.9 9.4 1 6.4 16 2.4 12.7

3" —
(165) (176) (238) (161) (406) (61) (324)
7 8.3 11.2 5.6 7 17.7 3 14.6
4" (177) (210) (284) (143) (178) (449) (76) (371)
8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5
6" (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444)
8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5
165.1 mm (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444)
9.1 8.6 11.3 10.4 27.9 26.2
8" NA NA
(230) (217) (286) (264) (709) (665)
FIGURE 7: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 3" TO 8"
140
FLOW SWITCH REQUIREMENTS
The Model UMC Floor Control/ Shotgun Riser assembly is in the replacement parts section of the technical literature.
sold inclusive of a Potter VSR flow switch. The flow switch The Potter VSR Flow switch includes 2 sets of switches,
utilizes exactly the same electrical and switch components one set can be used to activate the central fire alarm system
as the Potter VSR flow switch but includes an adapter which while the other set can be utilized to activate a local alarm (if
attaches directly to the Model UMC Manifold Check as- necessary). See figure 8 for a typical wiring diagram for the
sembly. This adapter has been tested as part of the UMC Model VSR Flow switch.
assembly to ensure the hydrostatic strength as well as the
Note: For more information on the flow switch see www.pottersignal.com.
placement and sensitivity of the paddle is within the criteria
set forth by UL and FM.
The part number for the flow switch assembly can be found
WIRE NUT LOCAL WIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR

AUDIBLE/VISUAL ADDRESSABLE
ANNUNCIATOR MODULE
NEUTRAL
WHITE WHITE BLACK
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
BLACK
AUDIBLE/VISUAL
ANNUNCIATOR
LOAD OUT TO
(LINE/HOT)
COM
COM
NO
NO
FIGURE 8: MODEL VSR-M FLOW SWITCH TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
FIGURE 9: GL300T, GL300G, AND GLR300G

BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRING DIAGRAM

141
FIGURE 10:SERIES 728 AND 705 BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRING DIAGRAM
SWITCH AND WIRING

1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, prewired switches.
2. Switches are rated:
10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz
0.50 amps @ 125 VDC
0.25 amps @ 250 VDC
3. Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position.
4. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes
below). The second switch has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electri-
cal devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed.
5. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided.
Switch #1 = S1
For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel
Switch #2 = S2
Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction
S1 { Normally Closed: (2) Blue

Common: (2) Yellow
S2
{ Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe
Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe
Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe

142
INSTALLATION TESTING
The Model UMC Floor Control/ Shotgun Riser assembly is Reference NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing
sold as a complete unit, assembled and shipped in a single and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.
box. Before proceeding with any tests involving water flow, the
The Model UMC Manifold Check Valve must be installed in following precautions need to be taken:
an accessible and visible location, which is maintained at STEP 1. Check the location where the test connection
or above a minimum temperature of 40ºF (4ºC). The UMC discharges to make sure that all is clear and
may be installed in the horizontal or vertical (flow upward) that there is no possibility of the water flow
orientation. causing damage or injury.
All valves must be installed in accordance with the ap- STEP 2. Check the end of the test connection to make
propriate installation standard (i.e. NFPA 13 or other). All sure that it is unobstructed. To achieve a satis-
electrical connections must be made per the applicable in- factory test, there must be an unrestricted flow
stallation standard and/or the National Electric Code (i.e. of water when the test valve is wide open.
NFPA 70, NFPA 72 or other).
STEP 3. Check for alarm connections to a central sta-
Proper hydrostatic test procedure must be followed per tion or fire department. If such connections are
NFPA 13. found, give proper notice to the signal receiv-
It is not necessary to remove the ARV Relief Valve prior to ing station before proceeding with the test.
system hydrostatic test. The Adjustable ARV may simply Note: A main drain test may also operate local fire alarms unless they are tem-
be temporarily adjusted to a pressure above the test pres- porarily disabled.
sure during the hydrostatic test. Be sure to return the ARV
Relief Valve to it's normal setting after the completion of the
hydrostatic test. MAINTENANCE
The owner is responsible for the Inspection, Testing and
MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE Maintenance of their fire protection system.
System inspection, testing and maintenance shall be per-
SETTING PROCEDURE formed in accordance with this section as well as NFPA 25
The Globe 1/2 inch Model ARV, 300 psi Adjustable Pres- or other applicable Standard to insure the integrity of the
sure Relief Valve, is factory set to relieve at a pressure of entire system, including alarm functions as well as other
approximately 175 psi (12 bar). system components. Any impairments must be immedi-
The Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to a higher pres- ately corrected.
sure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure Before closing a system main control valve for mainte-
which is in accordance with the requirements of the au- nance work on the fire protection system, obtain permis-
thority having jurisdiction, typically nominal 10 psi (.7 bar) sion to shut down the affected fire protection system from
above the expected normal system pressure. the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be
To reset the Model ARV pressure relief valve, use an ad- affected.
justable crescent wrench, to turn the hex cap clockwise for Note:
a higher pressure setting or counter-clockwise for a lower All valves should be carefully inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance
pressure setting. Use the calibrated lines on the stem for with NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard.
an approximate relief pressure setting. 1 full turn of the
hex cap will result in approximately 25 psi increase or de- It is important to ensure a clean water supply free of debris
crease. and solid particles such as sand, gravel, or mud.
To verify the new setting, isolate the Model ARV relief valve If, during an inspection of a water control valve, sediment
and use a small hydrostatic pump attached to the supply. or free particles of matter are noted, a further examination
Increase the pressure at the relief valve to 10 psi above of internal valve parts is necessary.
the expected normal system pressure. Readjust the ARV All deposits should be removed from all operating parts and
as needed to maintain a 10 psi higher relief setting. ports.
Where difficulty in performance is experienced, the manu-
facturer or its authorized representative shall be contacted
before any field adjustment is to be made.
UMC Clapper Facing. The rubber clapper facing should be
checked for wear or damage and to determine that it is free
of dirt and other foreign substances. If found to be worn
or damaged (e.g., foreign matter embedded in the surface;
cut or torn facing), the facing should be replaced. If it is
dirty, it should be cleaned. Compounds which could dam-
age the rubber facing must never be used. Should clapper
facing replacement become necessary, the following steps
should be performed;
Note: Before performing the following steps, insure that the system has been
depressurized and drained.
Clapper Removal
STEP 1. Remove handhole cover.
STEP 2. Remove hinge pin plugs from front and back
of UMC.
STEP 3. Using allen wrench, push hinge pin from back
of UMC towards front.
143
STEP 4. Once hinge pin is accessible, carefully grab REPLACEMENT PARTS
with pliers or similar to pull hinge pin out of
body. MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE
Note: Care must be taken to confine clapper spring while extracting hinge pin REPLACEMENT PARTS/KITS
from body. Spring is under tension around hinge pin. It is also recommended
to cover drain port to minimize the possibility of spring inadvertently dropping VSR-M FLOW SWITCH with ADAPTER (includes gas-
into drain piping. ket)
STEP 5. Carefully remove clapper assembly from UMC. SIZE PART NUMBER
Clapper Replacement. When replacing clapper, be sure 1¼" - 2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144802-A-G
clapper spring has been properly positioned around hinge 2½" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144825-A-G
pin such that tension is applied to the clapper by the spring. 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144803-A-G
4". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144804-A-G
Seat Ring. The seat ring should be checked for nicks and 6". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144806-A-G
for stones, dirt or other foreign matter. It should be cleaned
thoroughly. If the seat ring is found to be damaged, UMC 8". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91144808-A-G
should be replaced.
MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN
Water Flow Switch (VSR-M). There is no maintenance re- (SEE GFV-570 for more information)
quired, only periodic testing and inspection. Should switch Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN WITH RELIEF
be found to be malfunctioning, refer to Potter Signal Techni- VALVE,SIZE (1", 1¼", or 2") PN:
cal Literature for guidance.
SIZE PART NUMBER
1" (DN25). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311729
Model ARV Adjustable Relief Valve. Valve is not field ser-
viceable. If inadvertent leakage is observed, first test the 1¼"(DN32). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311730
pressure setting utilizing the procedure outlined in the ARV 2" (DN50). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311731
Relief Valve Setting Procedure. If valve does not respond Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN,SIZE (1", 1¼", or
to field adjustments, valve shall be replaced. 2") PN:
Note: SIZE PART NUMBER
Visual calibration lines on valve are used for approximate adjustment. Verify 1" (DN25). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311704
pressure setting with pressure gauge.
1¼"(DN32). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312368
Model UTD Universal Test & Drain Valve: The Globe 2" (DN50). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311708
Model UTD Universal Test and Drain Valve does not re-
quire any regularly scheduled maintenance. The UTD is
not field serviceable. MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE
(SEE GFV-575 for more information)
Specify: MODEL ARV 1/2" ADJ RELIEF VALVE PN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317900
ORDERING INFORMATION
Note:
MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE
ASSEMBLY 300 psi (20.6 Bars) Pressure Gauges Standard (600 psi (41.2 Bars) Ordered
Separately
Specify: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE
ASSEMBLY,SIZE (1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 76.1 mm, 3", 4", 6", PN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300121-D
165.1 mm, 8") PN (see Part Number in Table A-G)
Note:
Control Valve Model based on availability at time of order. See appropriate
Tables for end-to-end dimensional information. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY
Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its manufactured
products found to be defective in material or workmanship
for a period of one year from date of shipment.
For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List
Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List).
4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com

Technical Support • 989-414-2600 • techservice@globesprinkler.com

144
Page 1 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

TECHNICAL DATA CHECK VALVE
MODELS E-1 & F-1
The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058

Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com
Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com
1. DESCRIPTION
The Viking Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve is a general purpose rubber-faced
check valve approved for use in fire service systems. The valve is for use in wet
system risers, preaction system risers and wherever a check valve with a drain
connection and gauge connections can be utilized. When used with a flow switch
on wet pipe systems not requiring a mechanical alarm, the Easy Riser® Swing
Check Valve may replace an alarm check valve.
1-A Features
1. Ductile iron body for less weight and extra strength.
2. Rated to 300 psi (20.7 bar) water working pressure.
3. Rubber-faced clapper hinged to access cover for quick removal and easy
servicing. All moving parts can be serviced without removing the valve
from the installed position.
4. With the cover/clapper assembly removed, clapper rubber replacement
requires removal of only one screw.
5. Valve housing tapped for inlet and outlet pressure gauges, and system
main drain.
1-B Accessories
300 PSI (20.7 bar) Trim Package including:
A. All necessary nipples and fittings
B. Main Drain Ball Valve
C. Necessary gauges
2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS:.

cULus Listed: HMER
FM Approved: Single Check Valves
NYC Department of Buildings: MEA 89-92-E, Vol. XI
VNIIPO (250 psi (17.2 bar) MWP)
CE: Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (250 psi (17.2 bar) MWP)
3. TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications:
Standard Flanged Connections: ANSI B16.42 Class 150 (mates with ANSI Class 125 and Class 150 flanges).
Standard Grooved Connections: ANSI/AWWA C606
Drain outlet: 2-1/2” and 3” valves - one 1-1/4” (32 mm) NPT; 4”, 6” & 8” valves - 2” (50 mm) NPT
Gauge Outlets: two 1/4” (8 mm) NPT
Other Outlets: two 1/2” (15 mm) NPT
Systems with water working pressures above 175 psi (12 bar) may require extra-heavy pattern fittings. Viking Easy Riser® Swing
Check Valve flanges are Ductile Iron ANSI B16.42, Class 150, with a maximum water working pressure of 300 psi (20.7 bar). ANSI
B16.42, Class 150 flanges are NOT compatible with ANSI Class 250 or Class 300 flanges. To mate the Easy Riser® Swing Check
Valve with ANSI Class 250 or Class 300 flanges, use the grooved-inlet/grooved-outlet style installed with listed grooved/flanged
adapters of the appropriate pressure rating. For piping with grooved connections, the grooved-inlet and/or grooved-outlet style Easy
Riser® Swing Check Valve may be installed with listed grooved couplings of the appropriate pressure rating.
Material Standards:
Refer to Figure 1.
Ordering Information:
See Table 1 for part numbers and shipping weights.
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_011189 Rev 18.1
(Added P65 Warning.)
145
Page 2 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

4. INSTALLATION
The Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve must be installed in an area not subject to freezing temperatures or physical damage. When
corrosive atmospheres and/or contaminated water supplies are present, it is the owner’s responsibility to verify compatibility with the
Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve, trim, and associated equipment.
Prior to installing the valve, thoroughly flush the water supply piping to verify that no foreign matter is present.
The Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve may be installed in the vertical position with direction of flow up, or in the horizontal position
with the access cover up.
1. Remove all plastic thread protectors from the openings of the Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve.
2. Apply a small amount of pipe-joint compound or tape to the external threads of all pipe connections required. Take care not to allow
any compound, tape, or other foreign matter inside any of the nipples or openings of the valve or trim components.
3. Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve Trim Charts are provided with Trim Packages and on the Viking website.
4. Verify that all system components are rated for the water working pressure of the system.
Hydrostatic Test:
The Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve is manufactured and listed for use at a maximum water working pressure of 300 psi (20.7 bar).
The valve is factory tested at 600 psi (41.4 bar). Easy Riser® Swing Check Valves may be hydrostatically tested at 350 psi (24.1 bar)
and/or 50 psi (3.5 bar) above the normal water working pressure for limited periods of time (two hours) for the purpose of acceptance
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. If air testing is required, DO NOT exceed 40 psi (2.8 bar) air pressure.
5. OPERATION (Refer to Figure 1.)
Water flowing through the Viking Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve lifts the rubber-gasketed clapper (8 and 9) off the seat (12) and
flows into the sprinkler piping. When flow through the valve stops, the clapper (8) closes quickly. The rubber gasket (9) forms a tight
seal against the brass water seat (12), trapping pressurized water above the clapper and preventing reverse flow from the sprinkler
piping.
6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS, AND MAINTENANCE
NOTICE
The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition.
The Viking Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve and trim must be kept free of foreign matter, freezing conditions, corrosive atmospheres,
contaminated water supplies, and any condition that could impair its operation or damage the device.
It is imperative that the system be inspected and tested on a regular basis. The frequency of the inspections may vary due to con-
taminated water supplies, corrosive water supplies, and corrosive atmospheres. For minimum maintenance and inspection require-
ments, refer to NFPA 25. In addition, the Authority Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection
requirements that must be followed.
WARNING

Any system maintenance that involves placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the
fire protection capabilities of that system. Prior to proceeding, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration
should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected areas.
6-A. Five-Year Internal Inspection

Internal inspection of check valves is recommended every five years unless inspections and tests indicate more frequent inspec-
tions are required. (Refer to Figure 1.)
1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, remote station alarm monitors, and those in the area affected that the system will be
taken out of service. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected areas.
2. Close the water supply main control valve, placing the system out of service.
3. Open the main drain. If necessary, open the system test valve to vent and completely drain the system.
4. Use the appropriate wrench to loosen and remove cover screws (14), and remove cover and clapper assembly (2-11).
5. Inspect water seat (12). Wipe away all contaminants, dirt, and mineral deposits. DO NOT use solvents or abrasives.
6. Inspect cover and clapper assembly (2-11) and cover gasket (13). Test the hinged clapper (8) for freedom of movement.
Renew or replace damaged or worn parts as required.
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65

146
Page 3 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

CAUTION
NEVER apply any lubricant to seats, gaskets, or any internal operating parts of the valve. Petroleum-based grease or
oil will damage rubber components and may prevent proper operation.
7. When internal inspection of the Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve is complete, perform step 5 of paragraph 6-B. MAINTENANCE
to re-install cover and clapper assembly (2-11).
6-B. Maintenance (Refer to Figure 1.)
1. Perform steps 1 through 5 of paragraph 6-A, FIVE-YEAR INTERNAL INSPECTION.
2. To replace clapper assembly (3, 6-11):
a. Remove the cover screws (14) from the cover (2) using a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
b. Remove the cover and clapper assembly (2-11) from the valve.
c. Remove the cover gasket (13) by sliding it over the clapper assembly.
d. Remove the existing clapper assembly (3, 6-11) from the cover assembly (2):
i. Remove one of the retaining rings (5) from the clapper hinge pin (4) using a flat head screwdriver.
ii. Remove the clapper hinge pin (4) from the cover and clapper assembly. This will allow the clapper assembly (3, 6-11)
to be removed from the cover assembly (2).
e. Install the new clapper assembly (3, 6-11) onto the cover assembly (2):
i. Make sure the clapper rubber (9) is facing opposite the direction of the flow arrow on the inside of the cover (2).
ii. Line up the holes of the cover assembly (2) and the clapper assembly (3, 6-11) and insert the hinge pin (4).
iii. Install the retaining ring (5) onto the hinge pin (4).
iv. Install the cover gasket (13) onto the new cover and clapper assembly (2-11) by sliding the cover gasket (13) over the
clapper assembly (3, 6-11) and lining up the holes with the cover (2).
v. To install the new cover and clapper assembly (2-11) into the valve, slide the clapper assembly into the valve with the
clapper rubber (9) lined up with the water seat (12). Ensure the rubber retainer (10) fits inside the seat of the valve
(pull back slightly and there should be some resistance).
vi. Line up the holes of the cover (2) and cover gasket (13) with the valve body (1) and replace the cover screws (14)
using a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
3. To replace the clapper rubber (9):
i. Remove the cover screws (14) from the cover (2) using a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
ii. Remove the cover and clapper assembly (2-11) from the valve.
iii. Remove the cover gasket (13) by sliding it over the clapper assembly (3, 6-11).
iv. Use a 7/32” Allen wrench to hold the button head socket screw (11) in place and remove the jam nut (6) from the clap-
per rubber (9) using a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
v. Remove the button head socket screw (11) and sealing washer (7) from the clapper assembly (3, 6-11).
vi. Remove the clapper rubber retainer (10) from the clapper (8) to free the clapper rubber (9).
vii. To install the new clapper rubber (9), position the clapper rubber (9) on the clapper assembly so the grooved edge
is facing down. This will allow the clapper rubber retainer (10) to fit up into the grooved edge of the clapper rubber (9).
viii. Install the button head socket screw (11) and sealing washer assembly (7) and the jam nut (6) using a 7/32” Allen
wrench and a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
ix. Install the cover gasket (13) onto the cover (2) by sliding it over the clapper assembly (3, 6-11).
x. Re-install the cover and clapper assembly (2-11) back into the valve, with the clapper rubber (9) lined up with the water
seat (12). Ensure the clapper rubber retainer (10) fits inside the seat of the valve (pull back slightly and there should
be some resistance).
xi. Line up the holes of the cover (2) and cover gasket (13) with the valve body (1) and replace the cover screws (14)
4. To replace the cover gasket (13):
i. Remove the cover screws (14) from the cover (2) using a Socket Wrench with a 9/16” socket.
ii. Remove the cover and clapper assembly (2-11) from the valve.
iii. Remove the cover gasket (13) by sliding it over the clapper assembly (3, 6-11).
iv. Install the new cover gasket (13) by sliding it over the clapper assembly (3, 6-11), onto the cover (2).
5. Reinstall the cover and clapper assembly (2-11) into the valve:
i. Line up the clapper rubber (9) with the water seat (12). Ensure the clapper rubber retainer (10) fits inside the seat of
the valve (pull back slightly and there should be some resistance).
ii. Line up the holes of the cover (2) and cover gasket (13) with the valve body (1) and replace the cover screws (14)
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65
147
Page 4 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

7. AVAILABILITY
The Viking Easy Riser® Swing Check Valve is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See the Viking
Corp. Web site for closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation.
8. GUARANTEES
For details of warranty, refer to Viking’s current list price schedule or contact Viking directly.
Table 1 - Valve Part Numbers and Specifications

Table 2 - Torque Values for
Part Shipping
Description Nominal Size Friction Loss*
Weight
Easy Riser Swing Check
Number
Valve Cover Screws
Flange/Flange
Flange Drilling Model F-1 Valve Screw Torque
ANSI 3" 08505 10 ft. (3.1m) 35 lbs. (16 kg) Size Size Value
ANSI 4" 08508 13 ft. (4.0 m) 44 lbs. (20 kg) 2-1/2" 3/8"-16 19 ft-lb
ANSI 6" 08511 20 ft. (6.0 m) 75 lbs. (34 kg) (DN65) H.H.C. (2.63 kg-m)
ANSI/Japan DN100 09039 13 ft. (4.0 m) 44 lbs. (20 kg)
3" 3/8"-16 19 ft-lb
(DN80) H.H.C. (2.63 kg-m)
PN10/16 DN80 08796 10 ft. (3.1m) 35 lbs. (16 kg) 4" 3/8"-16 19 ft-lb
PN10/16 DN100 08797 13 ft. (4.0 m) 44 lbs. (20 kg) (DN100) H.H.C. (2.63 kg-m)
PN10/16 DN150 08835 20 ft. (6.0 m) 75 lbs. (34 kg) 6" ½"-13 45 ft-lb
PN10 DN200 08836 23 ft. (7.0 m) 119 lbs. (54 kg) (DN150) H.H.C. (6.23 kg-m)
PN16 DN200 12355 23 ft. (7.0 m) 119 lbs. (54 kg)
8" 5/8"-11 93 ft-lb
Flange/Groove (DN200) H.H.C. (12.9 kg-m)
Flange Drilling / Pipe
Model F-1
O.D.
ANSI / 89mm 3" 08506 10 ft. (3.1m) 27 lbs. (12 kg)
ANSI / 114mm 4" 08509 13 ft. (4.0 m) 37 lbs. (17 kg)
Table 3 - Trim Package Part
ANSI / 168mm 6" 08512 20 ft. (6.0 m) 64 lbs. (29 kg)
ANSI / 219mm 8" 08515 23 ft. (7.0 m) 119 lbs. (54 kg)
Numbers
PN10/16 / 89mm DN80 12648 10 ft. (3.1m) 27 lbs. (12 kg) Valve
PN10/16 / 114mm DN100 12649 13 ft. (4.0 m) 37 lbs. (17 kg) Size Part Number
PN10/16 / 165mm DN150 12652 20 ft. (6.0 m) 64 lbs. (29 kg) Wet System Trim Packages
PN10/16 / 168mm DN150 08512 20 ft. (6.0 m) 64 lbs. (29 kg) 2-1/2", 3” (DN65),
PN10 / 219mm DN200 12651 23 ft. (7.0 m) 119 lbs. (54 kg) 07236
(DN80)
PN16 / 219mm DN200 12650 23 ft. (7.0 m) 119 lbs. (54 kg)
4”, 6”, 8”,
(DN100), (DN150), 07237
Groove/Groove
Pipe O.D. Model E-1 (DN200)
73mm 2½" / DN65 07929 6 ft. (1.8m) 16 lbs. (7 kg) Preaction System Trim Packages
76 mm 2½” / DN65 13516 6 ft. (1.8m) 16 lbs. (7 kg) 2-1/2”, 3” (DN65) 13776
Model F-1 4”, 6”, 8”,
89mm 3" / DN80 08507 10 ft. (3.1m) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 13777
(DN80), (DN100),
114mm 4" / DN100 08510 13 ft. (4.0 m) 27 lbs. (12 kg)
(DN150), (DN200)
165mm DN150 12356 20 ft. (6.0 m) 51 lbs. (23 kg)
168mm 6" / DN150 08513 20 ft. (6.0 m) 51 lbs. (23 kg)
219mm 8" / DN200 08516 23 ft. (7.0 m) 106 lbs. (48 kg)
*Expressed in equivalent length of Schedule 40 pipe based on Hazen & Williams formula: C = 120.
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65

148
Page 5 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

Figure 1 - Replacement Parts

PART NUMBER
ITEM E-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 NO. REQ'D
NO. 2-1/2" DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
3" 4" 6" 8"
(DN65) (DN80) (DN100) (DN150) (DN200) 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
1 -- -- -- -- -- Body Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 1 1 1 1 1
(65-45-12)
2 -- -- -- -- -- Cover Assembly E-Coated HSLA Steel, A715 and 1 1 1 1 1
Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400
3 07576 07576 07576 07576 None Bushing Lubricomp 189 Ryton 2 2 2 2 0
4 05355A 05355A 04900A 04991A 05334A Clapper Hinge Pin Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 1 1 1 1 1
5 05445A 05445A 05445A 05445A 05369A Hinge Pin Retaining Ring Stainless Steel, UNS-S15700 2 2 2 2 2
6 01755A Clapper Hex Jam Nut #10-24 UNC Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 1 0 0 0 0
08159 08159 Clapper Hex Jam Nut 3/8"-24 UNF Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 0 1 1 0 0
08144 08144 Clapper Hex Jam Nut ½"-20 UNF Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 0 0 0 1 1
7 -- 08158 08158 08143 08143 Sealing Washer EPDM and Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1
8 * * * * * Clapper PTFE Coated HR Steel UNS- 1 1 1 1 1
G10180
9 * * * * * Clapper Rubber EPDM, ASTM D2000 1 1 1 1 1
10 * * * * * Clapper Rubber Retainer Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 1 1 1 1 1
06595A H.H.C. Screw, #10-24 UNC x 1/2" (12.7 mm) lg. Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 1 0 0 0 0
10194 10194 Screw, Button Head, Socket, 3/8" - 24 UNF x Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 0 1 1 0 0
1/2 (12.7 mm) lg.
11 Screw, Button Head, Socket, 1/2" - 20 UNF x Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400
10308 3/4 (19.1 mm) lg. 0 0 0 1 0
10686 Screw, Button Head, Socket, 1/2" - 20 UNF x Stainless Steel, UNS-S30400 0 0 0 0 1
7/8 (22.2 mm) lg.
12 -- -- -- -- -- Seat Brass, UNS-C84400 1 1 1 1 1
13 05354B 05354B 04649B 04992B 05339C Cover Gasket EPDM, ASTM D2000 1 1 1 1 1
01517A 01517A 01517A Screw, Hex Head Cap, 3/8" - 16 UNC x Steel, Zinc Plated 4 4 6 0 0
3/4 (19.1 mm) lg.
14 04993A Screw, Hex Head Cap, 1/2" - 13 x 7/8 (22.2 mm) lg. Steel, Zinc Plated 0 0 0 6 0
01922A Screw, Hex Head Cap, 5/8" - 11 UNC x Steel, Zinc Plated 0 0 0 0 6
1-1/4" (31.8 mm) lg.
15 -- -- -- -- -- 1/2" (15 mm) NPT Pipe Plug Steel 2 2 2 2 2
-- Indicates replacement part is not available
* Indicates replacement part only available in a Sub-Assembly listed below.
Sub-Assemblies
3, 6-11 05499B 08518 08519 08520 08521 Clapper Assembly
6, 7,
9-11,13 06343A 08522 08523 08524 08525 Replacement Rubber Kit
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65

149
Page 6 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

2-1/2” Model E-1 3”, 4”, 6” and 8” Model F-1

Easy Riser Check Valve Easy Riser Check Valve
Trim Chart Trim Chart
Figure 2
Note 1: 300 psi (20.7 bar) water pressure gauges are provided with trim. 600 psi (41.4 bar) water pressure gauges are avail-
able. Order separately when needed*. Refer to Viking’s current price schedule.
* NFPA 13 requires gauges to have a minimum limit not less than twice the normal water working pressure at the point where the gauges are installed. When normal
water working pressure exceeds 150 psi (10.3 bar), order 600 psi (41.4 bar) water pressure gauges separately.
Note 2: System Drain Ball Valve is UL Listed and FM Approved for 300 psi (20.7 bar) water working pressure.
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65

150
Page 7 of 7
EASY RISER® SWING

MODELS E-1 & F-1

Figure 3
For use on Preaction Systems
Figure 4
Form No. F_011189 18.10.11 Rev 18.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_011189 Rev 18.1
(Added P65 Warning.)
151
Tube ASTM A795 Type E, Grade A
Fiche de Produit
Approbations et spécifications Marquage du produit
Chaque longueur de tube de 1 1/4" NPS et plus

Ce produit répond aux normes suivantes:
est étampée de façon continue et indique:
• Essai hydrostatique • Le nom du manufacturier

• Essai non-destructif • "Fabriqué au Canada"
• La norme
• Essai d’écrasement pour le
tube NPS 1 1/4" et plus • Le type
• La dimension
• Approbation UL, ULC et FM
• La longueur
• Fabriqué au Canada • Le numéro de lot (si galvanisé)
• La date
• Le numéro de coulée
Dimensions et poids
Diamètre externe Épaisseur C10 Poids C10
NPS po po lb/pi
1 1/4 1,660 0,109 1,81

1 1/2 1,900 0,109 2,09
2 2,375 0,109 2,64
2½ 2,875 0,120 3,53
3 3,500 0,120 4,34

3½ 4,000 0,120 4,98
4 4,500 0,120 5,62

5 5,563 0,134 7,78
6 6,625 0,134 9,30
5870 rue St. Patrick, Montreal, QC H4E 1B3

Direct: 514-789-0511 * www.novasteel.ca
152
Fiche de Produit
Portée
La norme ASTM A795 comprend les tubes soudés par résistance électrique de grade A, métal nu, noirs, et
galvanisé à chaud. Ce type de tuyau convient aux utilisations dans les systèmes de protection d’incendie. Le
tube est produit selon la norme ASTM A795 et approuvé UL, ULC, pour les diamètres 1 1/4” à 6” C10, et
approuvé FM pour les diamètres 1 1/4” à 6” C10. Le tube paroi mince peut être soudé et rainuré par laminage.
Nos tubes sont produits selon la dernière révision ASTM A795/795A et ASME B36.10M.
Galvanisation à chaud
Le poids moyen de la couche de zinc qui recouvre l’intérieur et l’extérieur du tube ne devrait pas être inférieur à
1,5 oz/ pi2 selon la méthode ASTM A90/A90M et de 1,8 oz/pi2 lorsque étampé FM. Lorsque le tube galvanisé
est plié ou déformé d’une certaine façon, à un degré tel que la couche de zinc est allongée ou compressée au
delà de sa limite d’élasticité, de l’écaillage au niveau de la couche de zinc peut alors se produire.
Essai hydrostatique et essai non-destructif
Les pressions de l’essai hydrostatique pour les tubes sont indiquées ci-dessous (psi). La pression est
maintenue pour un minimum de 5 secondes. L’essai non-destructif de la soudure est effectué pour chaque
longueur de tube par résistance électrique de NPS 1 1/4" et plus.
NPS C10 Essai hydrostatique
1 1/4 1 200 testé

1 1/2 1 200 testé
2 1 200 testé
2 1/2 1 200 testé
3 1 200 testé
3 1/2 1 200 testé
4 1 200 testé
5 1 200 testé
6 1 200 testé

Nova Tube Inc. Direct: 514-789-0511 * www.novasteel.ca
153
Fiche de Produit
Finition des bouts
Bout ordinaire : NPS 1 1/4" et plus: les bouts sont alésés avec un angle de 30°, + 5° – 0° avec une face de
1/16 ±1/32
Exigences Chimiques
Composition, maximum % : Carbone: 0,25, Manganèse: 0,95 Phosphore: 0,035, Soufre: 0,035
Propriétés physiques
Non requis par cette norme
Essai d’écrasement
Le tube est écrasé avec une force directionnelle à 90° de la soudure pour s'assurer de la qualité celle-ci.
L’écrasement est effectué jusqu’au 2/3 du diamètre original. Aucune fissure ne doit apparaître à l’intérieur ou
à l’extérieur de la surface de la soudure.
Variations permises pour l'épaisseur de mur, diamètre externe et poids linéaire
L’épaisseur minimum de mur ne doit pas être superieur à -12,5% sous l’épaisseur nominal spécifié.
Diamètre du tube NPS 1 1/2" et moins: ±1/64 pouce.
Diamètre du tube NPS 2" et plus: ±1%.
Poids linéaire par pied ne doit pas varié de plus de ±5 % du poids nominal spécifié.

Nova Tube Inc. Direct: 514-789-0511 * www.novasteel.ca
154
Victaulic® FireLock™ Fittings
10.03
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Available Sizes
• 1 ¼ – 8"/DN32 – DN200
• Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLock™ Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZ™ Style 009N
couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information).
Application
• FireLock™ fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for
Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference.
• Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components
Pipe Materials
• Carbon steel
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
EN 10311
Regulation (EU)
No. 305/2011
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL

Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12.
Fitting Coating:
Orange enamel.
Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India.
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized.
ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph
Submitted By Date Approved Date
victaulic.com
10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
155
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
C to E C
to E
C to E
T
C C
to
to E E
No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006
No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006

90° Elbow 45° Elbow Straight Tee Cap
Actual Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate
Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight
Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each T Each
inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb
DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg
1 1/4 1.660 — — — — — — 0.82 0.3
DN32 42.4 — — — — — — 21 0.1
1 1/2 1.900 — — — — — — 0.82 0.4
DN40 48.3 — — — — — — 21 0.2
2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6
DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3
2 1/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0
73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5
3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8
— —
DN65 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76 1.7
3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2
DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5
4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5
— —
108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4
4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4
DN100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1
5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1
141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9
5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4
— —
DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9
6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9
— —
158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0
6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9
DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7
6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0
— —
165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9
8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7
DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8
8.515 6.81 23.1 — — 6.94 33.6 — —
216.3 173 10.5 — — 176 15.2 — —
victaulic.com 2
156
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Flow Data
Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe1

No. 002
Actual Elbows Straight Tee
Nominal Outside No. 001 No. 003
Size Diameter 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Branch Run
inches inches feet feet feet feet
DN mm meters meters meters meters
1 1/4 1.660 — — — —
DN32 42.4 — — — —
1 1/2 1.900 — — — —
DN40 48.3 — — — —
2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5
DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1
2 1/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3
73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3
3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5
DN65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4
3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0
DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5
4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4
108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0
4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8
DN100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1
5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5
141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6
5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3
DN125 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5
6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6
158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9
6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0
DN150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0
6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8
165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0
8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0
DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0
8.515 13.0 — 33.0 13.0
216.3 4.0 — 10.1 4.0
1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe.
victaulic.com 3
157
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
General Notes
NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ™ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap
is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ™ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock™ No. 006
end caps containing the “EZ” marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the “QV EZ” marking on the
inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS

10.64: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 009N
10.02: Victaulic® FireLock™ Rigid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-Plus™ Gasket System
29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note

Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
victaulic.com 4
158
FireLock® Rigid Coupling
Style 005H
with Vic-Plus™ Gasket System 10.02
Material Specifications:
Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade

65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,
grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Patented
Exaggerated for clarity Housing Coating: (specify choice)
Standard: Orange enamel (North America); red
enamel (Europe)
Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
Approvals/Listings:
Coupling Gasket: (specify choice)
NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details.
104-1a/02
See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Grade “E” EPDM Type A Vic-Plus™ Gasket System1
LPC and VdS Approved, see notes on page 3
EPDM (Violet color code). FireLock products have been
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved
by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air)
Product Description: sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the
Grade “E” Type A Vic-Plus™ Gasket System, requiring no field
FireLock Style 005H rigid coupling has a unique, lubrication for most installation conditions.
patented angle-pad design which allows the housings Grade “L” silicone
to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the
housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to
+350°F and certain chemical services.
obtained.
Support and hanging requirements correspond to For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the
NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits use of Grade “E” Type A FlushSeal® Gasket.
assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the Contact Victaulic for details.
housing over the gasket. This reduces components to
handle during assembly. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead
Style 005H FireLock coupling are designed and meeting the physical and chemical requirements of
recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183.
1
Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to
Vic-Plus™ Gasket System: –40°F/–40°C. Based on “typical” pipe surface conditions, supplemental
lubricant is recommended for services installed below 0°F/–18°C and
Victaulic offers a gasket system which requires no field for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to
lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically being filled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be required on
pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or
tested. The Vic-Plus System (patented) is dry, clean, cracks at the weld seams. Victaulic continues to recommend the use of
and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially FlushSeal gaskets for dry services.
and eliminates the mess and chance of over-lubrication.
Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field
Installation Handbook (I-100) for supplemental
lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection
system notes.
Job/Owner Engineer
System No. Spec Section
Location Paragraph
Contractor Approved
Submitted By Date
Date
victaulic.com | Couplings | Rigid | Style 005H | Publication 10.02

10.02 1538 Rev M Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
159
Dimensions:
Y Z Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi/2413 kPa
for 1 ¼ – 4"/32 – 100 mm sizes and 300 psi /2068 kPa for
4 ¼ – 8"/108 – 200 mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or
X Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005H is rigid
and does not accommodate expansion, contraction or angular
deflection.
Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Approx.

Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Dimensions Weight
Size Diameter Pressure 1 4 Load 1 Separation 2 Bolt/Nut 3 X Y Z Each
inches inches psi lbs. inches No. – size inches inches inches lbs.
mm mm kPa N mm inches mm mm mm kg
1 1/4 1.660 350 755 0.05 2.75 4.50 1.88 1.2
32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/4 70 114 48 0.5
1 1/2 1.900 350 990 0.05 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2
40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/4 76 121 48 0.5
2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6
50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2 89 133 48 0.7
2 1/2 2.875 350 2270 0.07 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9
65 73.0 2413 10110 1.7 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2 102 146 48 .09
3.000 350 2475 0.07 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9
76.1 mm 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2
76.1 2413 11010 1.7 105 146 48 0.9
3 3.500 350 3365 0.07 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1
80 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2 118 156 48 1.0
4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1
100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2 146 184 54 1.4
4.250 300 4255 0.16 5.63 7.25 2.13 3.1
108.0 mm 2 – 3/8 × 2 1/2
108.0 2068 18940 4.1 143 184 54 1.4
5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5
125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 2 – 1/2 × 3 175 229 54 2.0
5.250 300 6495 0.16 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5
133.0 mm 2 – 1/2 × 2 3/4
133.0 2068 28900 4.1 168 229 54 2.0
5.500 300 7125 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8
139.7 mm 2 – 1/2 × 2 3/4
139.7 2068 31715 4.1 175 229 54 2.2
6 6.625 300 10340 0.16 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0
150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 2 – 1/2 × 3 203 254 53 2.3
6.250 300 9200 0.16 7.63 10.00 2.13 5.5
159.0 mm 2 – 1/2 × 2 3/4
159.0 2068 40955 4.1 194 254 54 2.5
6.500 300 9955 0.16 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5
165.1 mm 2 – 1/2 × 3
165.1 2068 44295 4.1 207 254 54 2.5
8 8.625 300 17525 0.19 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3
200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 2 – 5/8 × 4 1/4 267 334 67 5.1
1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved
in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum
Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown.
2 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005H couplings are considered rigid connections and will not
accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system.
3 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request.
Contact Victaulic for details.
4 Style 005H couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 16 Bar/235 psi.
victaulic.com 2
160
Listings/Approvals:
The information provided below is based on the latest
listing and approval data at the time of publication.
Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions
by the approvals agencies.
Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the
latest listings and approvals.
Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure

psi psi psi
Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size
Sch. inches UL ULC FM Sch. inches UL ULC FM Sch. inches UL ULC FM
5 11/4 – 3 175 175 175 EL 11/4 – 2 300 N/A N/A MT 11/4 – 2 300 N/A N/A
11/4 – 3 350 350 350 ET 11/4 – 2 300 N/A N/A STF 11/4 – 4 N/A N/A 300
10, 40 Steady
5–8 300 300 300 EZ 4–6 3006 N/A 300 11/4 – 2 N/A N/A 300
Thd.
BLT 11/4 – 2 300 300 N/A FF 11/4 – 4 N/A N/A 300 TF 3–8 N/A N/A 300
DF 11/4 – 4 300 300 300 GAL -7 11/4 – 2 300 N/A N/A WLS 11/4 – 2 300 300 N/A
DT 11/4 – 2 300 300 N/A MLT 11/4 – 2 300 N/A N/A XL 11/4 – 3 300 300 300
EF 11/4 – 4 1757 N/A 175 MF 11/4 – 4 300 N/A 3005
5 FM approved for service in 1 1/2 – 4" pipe.
6 UL Listed for service up to 4" pipe only.
7 UL Listed for service up to 3" only.
Installation Note
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Warranty Trademarks
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic ® is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.
victaulic.com 3
161
Victaulic® Flexible Coupling
Style 75 06.05
Exaggerated for clarity

1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200 Exaggerated for clarity

Available Sizes
• 1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• Stainless steel
• Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar
• Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe
Application
• Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories
• Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection
• Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings
NOTES
• Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide.
• See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable.
victaulic.com
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
162
victaulic.com

Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade
65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Housing Coating: (specify choice)
Standard: Orange enamel
Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings.
Gasket: (specify choice1)
Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for
hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many
chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C
potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR
STEAM SERVICES.
Grade “T” Nitrile

Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for
petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not
compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE
WITH HOT WATER.
Others
For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal
Construction.
1 Services
listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible.
Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2)

Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts
are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric).
Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property
requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating.
2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only.
victaulic.com 2
163
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 75
Y Z
Pipe End Deflection from

Size Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight
Actual
Outside Approx.
Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm Degrees mm/m metric mm mm mm kg
1 1.315 0–0.06 0.57 3/8 x 2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3
2º–43’ 2
DN25 33.7 0–1.6 48 M10 x 51 61 108 45 0.6
1 1/4 1.660 0–0.06 0.45 3/8 x 2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4
2º–10’ 2
DN32 42.4 0–1.6 38 M10 x 51 68 117 45 0.6
1 1/2 1.900 0–0.06 0.40 3/8 x 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5
1º–56’ 2
DN40 48.3 0–1.6 33 M10 x 51 74 122 45 0.6
2 2.375 0–0.06 0.32 3/8 x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7
1º–31’ 2
DN50 60.3 0–1.6 26 M10 x 51 87 133 48 0.8
2 1/2 2.875 0–0.06 0.26 3/8 x 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9
1º–15’ 2
73.0 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 98 144 48 0.9
3.000 0–0.06 0.26 3/8 x 2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9
1º–12’ 2
DN65 76.1 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 102 150 48 0.9
3 3.500 0–0.06 0.22 1/2 x 2 3/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9
1º–2’ 2
DN80 88.9 0–1.6 18 M12 x 70 114 178 48 1.3
3 1/2 4.000 0–0.06 0.19 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9
0º-54’ 2
DN90 101.6 0–1.6 16 M12 x 70 127 191 48 1.3
4 4.500 0–0.13 0.34 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1
1º–36’ 2
DN100 114.3 0–3.2 28 M12 x 70 147 204 54 1.9
4.250 0–0.13 0.35 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7
1º–41’ 2
108.0 0–3.2 29 M12 x 70 141 198 54 1.7
5.000 0–0.13 0.25 5/8 x 3 1/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5
1º–26’ 2
127.0 0–3.2 21 M16 x 83 156 240 54 2.5
5 5.563 0–0.13 0.27 5/8 x 3 1/4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8
1º–18’ 2
141.3 0–3.2 23 M16 x 83 175 256 54 2.6
5.250 0–0.13 0.28 5/8 x 3 1/4 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0
1º–21’ 2
133.0 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 166 238 54 2.7
5.500 0–0.13 0.28 5/8 x 3 1/4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3
1º–18’ 2
DN125 139.7 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 173 244 54 2.9
6.000 0–0.13 0.21 5/8 x 3 1/4 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2
1º–12’ 2
152.4 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 187 266 48 2.8
6 6.625 0–0.13 0.23 5/8 x 3 1/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0
1º–5’ 2
DN150 168.3 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 203 281 54 3.2
6.250 0–0.13 0.24 5/8 x 3 1/4 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8
1º–9’ 2
159.0 0–3.2 20 M16 x 83 194 266 54 3.1
6.500 0–0.13 0.23 5/8 x 3 1/4 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6
1º–7’ 2
165.1 0–3.2 58 M16 x 83 199 271 53 3.0
8.515 0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.19 13.75 2.32 13.2
0º–51’ 2
216.3 0–3.2 46 M20 x 108 259 350 59 6.0
8 8.625 0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4
0º–50’ 2
DN200 219.1 0–3.2 14 M20 x 108 263 355 59 5.6
3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:
50% for 3/4 – 3 1/2"/DN20 – DN90; 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger.
NOTE
• Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
victaulic.com 3
164
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 75
Size
Actual Maximum
Outside Working Maximum
Nominal Diameter Pressure4 End Load4
inches inches psi lb
DN mm kPa N
1 1.315 500 680
DN25 33.7 3447 3,025
1 1/4 1.660 500 1080
DN32 42.4 3447 4,805
1 1/2 1.900 500 1420
DN40 48.3 3447 6,320
2 2.375 500 2215
DN50 60.3 3447 9,860
2 1/2 2.875 500 3245
73.0 3447 14,440
3.000 500 3535
DN65 76.1 3447 15,730
3 3.500 500 4800
DN80 88.9 3447 21,360
3 1/2 4.000 500 6300
DN90 101.6 3447 28,035
4 4.500 500 7950
DN100 114.3 3447 35,380
4.250 450 6380
108.0 3103 28,395
5.000 450 8820
127.0 3103 39,250
5 5.563 450 10935
141.3 3103 48,660
5.250 450 9735
133.0 3103 43,325
5.500 450 10665
DN125 139.7 3103 47,460
6.000 450 12735
152.4 3103 56,670
6 6.625 450 15525
DN150 168.3 3103 69,085
6.250 450 13800
159.0 3103 61,405
6.500 450 14930
165.1 3103 66,412
8.515 450 25625
216.3 3103 113,986
8 8.625 450 26280
DN200 219.1 3103 116,945
4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with
Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
NOTE
• WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown.
victaulic.com 4
165
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic
Couplings.
Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure,
resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage.
NOTICE
• Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation
RX on the front of the roll sets.

02.06: Victaulic® Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF
05.01: Victaulic® Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction
06.15: Victaulic® Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe
10.01: Victaulic® Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
17.01: Victaulic® Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products
17.09: Victaulic® Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe
25.01: Victaulic® Standard Groove Specifications
26.01: Victaulic® Design Data
29.01: Victaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale
I-100: Victaulic® Field Installation Handbook

countries.
victaulic.com 5
166
Victaulic® FireLock™ Outlet-T
Style 922 10.52

Available Sizes
• 1 ¼ – 2 ½"/DN32 – DN65
• Threaded Outlet Sizes: ½"/DN15, ¾"/DN20, and 1"/DN25
NOTE
• IGS Grooved 1"/DN25 Outlets available for this product. See publication 10.54.

• 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 Bar
Application
• Provides a convenient method of incorporating outlets for directly connecting sprinklers, drop nipples, sprigs,
gauges, drains and other outlet products
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• Contact Victaulic for use on additional pipe types and wall thicknesses
NOTES
• See Section 7.2 REFERENCE MATERIALS for additional certification information.
victaulic.com
10.52 3355 Rev H Updated 06/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
167
victaulic.com
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL

65‑45-15, is available upon special request.
Orange enamel (North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific).
Red enamel (Europe).
Gasket1:
Grade "E" EPDM (Type A)

EPDM (Violet color code) Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) sprinkler services only. Listed/Approved for
continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -40˚F/-40˚C and above. NOT
COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES.
1 Services
listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
Bolts/Nuts:
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex flange nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of
ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial – hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric – hex nuts). Track bolts and hex
flange nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric).
victaulic.com 2
168
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 922
Style 922
Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight
Nominal Actual Approximate
Run x Branch FPT2 Outside Diameter Qty. Size T3 V W Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1 ¼ ½ 1.660 0.840 1.30 1.83 1.10 3.87 2.56 1
x x 2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN32 DN15 42.4 21.3 33 47 28 98 65 0.5
¾ 1.050 1.28 1.83 1.10 3.87 2.56 1
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN20 26.9 33 47 28 98 65 0.5
1 1.315 1.52 2.18 1.10 3.87 2.56 1
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN25 33.7 39 55 28 98 65 0.5
1 ½ ½ 1.900 0.840 1.42 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1
x x 2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
40 DN15 48.3 21.3 36 50 31 104 65 0.5
¾ 1.050 1.40 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN20 26.9 36 50 31 104 65 0.5
1 1.315 1.64 2.30 1.22 4.08 2.56 1
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN25 33.7 42 58 31 104 65 0.6
2 ½ 2.375 0.840 1.66 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 1
x x 2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
50 DN15 60.3 21.3 42 56 37 117 65 0.6
¾ 1.050 1.64 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 1
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN20 26.9 42 56 37 117 65 0.6
1 1.315 1.88 2.54 1.46 4.60 2.56 2
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN25 33.7 48 65 37 117 65 0.7
2 ½ ½ 2.875 0.840 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 2
x x 2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN15 73.0 21.3 49 62 43 137 65 0.7
¾ 1.050 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 2
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN20 26.9 48 62 43 137 65 0.7
1 1.315 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.40 2.56 2
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN25 33.7 54 71 43 137 65 0.7
DN65 ½ 3.000 0.840 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 2
x x 2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN15 76.1 21.3 49 62 43 140 65 0.7
¾ 1.050 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 2
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN20 26.9 48 62 43 140 65 0.7
1 1.315 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.50 2.56 2
2 ³⁄8 x 1 ³⁄8
DN25 33.7 54 71 43 140 65 0.8
2 Victaulic female threaded products are designed to accommodate standard NPT or BSPT (optional) male pipe threads only. Refer to the specific literature
for these types of special male-threaded products for guidance and possible limitations for use. Failure to verify suitability in advance may result in assembly
problems or leakage.
3 Center of run to engaged pipe end for NPT threads (dimensions are approximate).
victaulic.com 3
169
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 922
Equivalent Length of 1 inch Schedule 40 Steel Pipe (per UL 213, Section 16) (C=120)4
Run Size x Outlet Size Threaded Grooved5
inches feet feet
DN meters meters
1 ¼ 1 8.5 12.5
x
DN32 DN25 2.6 3.8
1 ½ 1 8.5 12.5
x
DN40 DN25 2.6 3.8
2 1 8.5 12.5
x
DN50 DN25 2.6 3.8
2 ½ 1 8.5 12.5
x
DN25 2.6 3.8
1 8.5 12.5
x
DN65 DN25 2.6 3.8
4 Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120.
5 1" FireLock™ Innovative Groove System (IGS) outlet
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
Dimensions
Minimum Hole Diameter/ Maximum Hole Diameter/
Hole Saw Size Hole Saw Size
inches inches
mm mm
1 ³⁄₁₆ 1 ¼
All Outlet Sizes
30 32
victaulic.com 4
170
victaulic.com

Size Services Pressures per Regulatory Approvals and Listings6
Nominal UL ULC FM VdS LPCB CNBOP
inches psi psi psi psi psi psi
DN kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa
1¼x½ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN32 X DN15 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
1¼x¾ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN32 X DN20 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
1¼x1 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN32 X DN25 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
1½x½ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN40 X DN15 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
1½x¾ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN40 X DN20 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
1½x1 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN40 X DN25 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2x½ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN50 X DN15 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2x¾ 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN50 X 20 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2x1 300 300 300 232 232 232
DN50 X DN25 2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2½x½ 300 300 300 232 232 232
2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2½x¾ 300 300 300 232 232 232
2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
2½x1 300 300 300 232 232 232
2068 2068 2068 1600 1600 1600
300 232 232 232
– –
DN65 X DN15 2068 1600 1600 1600
300 232 232 232
– –
DN65 X DN20 2068 1600 1600 1600
300 232 232 232
– –
DN65 X DN25 2068 1600 1600 1600
6 Pressures listed in this chart are based upon standard wall pipe. Approved and Listed pressures may vary by pipe schedule.
NOTE
• Consult regulatory agency websites for details and the most recent regulatory information.

05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide
29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale
I-100: Installation Instructions
I-922: Installation Instructions FireLock™ Outlet-T

Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on WeChat.
countries.
victaulic.com 5
171
Victaulic® Flexible Coupling
Style 75 06.05
Exaggerated for clarity

1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200 Exaggerated for clarity

Available Sizes
• 1 – 8"/DN25 – DN200
Pipe Material
• Carbon steel
• Stainless steel
• For exceptions see section 6.0 Notifications
• Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar
• Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe
Application
• Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories
• Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection
• Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings
NOTES
• Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide.
• See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable.
victaulic.com
06.05 1470 Rev Q Updated 05/2020 © 2020 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
172
victaulic.com

65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Standard: Orange enamel
Gasket: (specify choice1)
Grade “E” EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range –30ºF to +230ºF/–34ºC to +110ºC. May be specified for
hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many
chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+82°C
potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR
STEAM SERVICES.
Grade “T” Nitrile

Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range –20ºF to +180ºF/–29ºC to +82ºC. May be specified for
petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not
compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE
WITH HOT WATER.
Others
For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal
Construction.
1 Serviceslisted are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2)

and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical
property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - Heavy Hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric -
hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II
(metric).
ptional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
O
F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property
requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating.
2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only.
victaulic.com 2
173
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 75 Flexible Coupling
Y Z
Pipe End Deflection from

Size Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight
Actual
Outside Approx.
Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X Y Z (Each)
inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb
DN mm mm Degrees mm/m metric mm mm mm kg
1 1.315 0–0.06 0.57 3⁄8 x 2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3
2º–43’ 2
DN25 33.7 0–1.6 48 M10 x 51 61 108 45 0.6
1 1/4 1.660 0–0.06 0.45 3⁄8 x 2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4
2º–10’ 2
DN32 42.4 0–1.6 38 M10 x 51 68 117 45 0.6
1 1/2 1.900 0–0.06 0.40 3⁄8 x 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5
1º–56’ 2
DN40 48.3 0–1.6 33 M10 x 51 74 122 45 0.6
2 2.375 0–0.06 0.32 3⁄8 x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7
1º–31’ 2
DN50 60.3 0–1.6 26 M10 x 51 87 133 48 0.8
2 1/2 2.875 0–0.06 0.26 3⁄8 x 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9
1º–15’ 2
73.0 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 98 144 48 0.9
3.000 0–0.06 0.26 3⁄8 x 2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9
1º–12’ 2
DN65 76.1 0–1.6 22 M10 x 51 102 150 48 0.9
3 3.500 0–0.06 0.22 1/2 x 2 3/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9
1º–2’ 2
DN80 88.9 0–1.6 18 M12 x 70 114 178 48 1.3
3 1/2 4.000 0–0.06 0.19 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9
0º-54’ 2
DN90 101.6 0–1.6 16 M12 x 70 127 191 48 1.3
4 4.500 0–0.13 0.34 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1
1º–36’ 2
DN100 114.3 0–3.2 28 M12 x 70 147 204 54 1.9
4.250 0–0.13 0.35 1/2 x 2 3/4 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7
1º–41’ 2
108.0 0–3.2 29 M12 x 70 141 198 54 1.7
5.000 0–0.13 0.25 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5
1º–26’ 2
127.0 0–3.2 21 M16 x 83 156 240 54 2.5
5.250 0–0.13 0.28 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0
1º–21’ 2
133.0 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 166 238 54 2.7
5.500 0–0.13 0.28 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3
1º–18’ 2
DN125 139.7 0–3.2 24 M16 x 83 173 244 54 2.9
5 5.563 0–0.13 0.27 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8
1º–18’ 2
141.3 0–3.2 23 M16 x 83 175 256 54 2.6
6.000 0–0.13 0.21 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2
1º–12’ 2
152.4 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 187 266 48 2.8
6.250 0–0.13 0.24 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8
1º–9’ 2
159.0 0–3.2 20 M16 x 83 194 266 54 3.1
6.500 0–0.13 0.23 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6
1º–7’ 2
165.1 0–3.2 58 M16 x 83 199 271 53 3.0
6 6.625 0–0.13 0.23 5⁄8 x 3 1/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0
1º–5’ 2
DN150 168.3 0–3.2 18 M16 x 83 203 281 54 3.2
0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.19 13.75 2.32 13.2
0º–51’ 2
200A4 216.3 0–3.2 46 M20 x 108 259 350 59 6.0
8 8.625 0–0.13 0.18 3/4 x 4 1/4 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4
0º–50’ 2
DN200 219.1 0–3.2 14 M20 x 108 263 355 59 5.6
3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:
50% for 3/4 – 3 1/2"/DN20 – DN90; 25% for 4"/DN100 and larger.
4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size
NOTE
• Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
victaulic.com 3
174
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 75 Flexible Coupling
Size
Actual Maximum
Outside Working Maximum
Nominal Diameter Pressure5 End Load5
inches inches psi lb
DN mm kPa N
1 1.315 500 680
DN25 33.7 3447 3025
1 1/4 1.660 500 1080
DN32 42.4 3447 4805
1 1/2 1.900 500 1420
DN40 48.3 3447 6320
2 2.375 500 2215
DN50 60.3 3447 9860
2 1/2 2.875 500 3245
73.0 3447 14440
3.000 500 3535
DN65 76.1 3447 15730
3 3.500 500 4800
DN80 88.9 3447 21360
3 1/2 4.000 500 6300
DN90 101.6 3447 28035
4 4.500 500 7950
DN100 114.3 3447 35380
4.250 450 6380
108.0 3103 28395
5.000 450 8820
127.0 3103 39250
5.250 450 9735
133.0 3103 43325
5.500 450 10665
DN125 139.7 3103 47460
5 5.563 450 10935
141.3 3103 48660
6.000 450 12735
152.4 3103 56670
6.250 450 13800
159.0 3103 61405
6 6.625 450 15525
DN150 168.3 3103 69085
6.500 450 14930
165.1 3103 66412
450 25625
200A4 216.3 3103 113986
8 8.625 450 26280
DN200 219.1 3103 116945
4 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) size
5 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with
Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
NOTE
• WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown.
victaulic.com 4
175
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic
piping products.
• Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to
installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
NOTICE
• Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation
RX on the front of the roll sets.
NOTICE
• Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt-welded pipe with sizes NPS 2”/DN50 and smaller
Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe.

02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF
05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction
06.15: Victaulic Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe
10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
17.01: Victaulic Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pipe With Victaulic Products
17.09: Victaulic Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe
25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications
26.01: Victaulic Design Data
29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale
I-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook
I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Cap Installation Safety Instructions

countries.
victaulic.com 5
176
www.nibco.com
AHEAD OF THE F L O W® Revised 7/25/2018
300 PSI WWP Bronze Ball Valves Dezincification

Resistant
Fire Protection Valve • Two-Piece Body • Chrome Plated Ball •
Blowout-Proof Stem • Reinforced PTFE Seats
300 PSI/20.7 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water
CONFORMS TO MSS SP-110 • UL LISTED† •

FM APPROVED†
MATERIAL LIST
PART SPECIFICATION
1. Handle Nut Zinc Plated Steel
2. Handle Zinc Plated Steel Clear Chromate
with Plastisol Grip
3. Threaded Pack Gland Brass ASTM B16
4. Packing PTFE
5. Stem Silicon Bronze ASTM B371 Alloy C69430 KT-585-70-UL
or ASTM B99 Alloy C65100 ¹⁄₄" - 1" Full Port
6. Thrust Washer Reinforced PTFE Threaded
7. Ball Brass ASTM B124 Alloy C37700 or ASTM
B16 Alloy C36000 with Hard Chrome Plate KT-580-70-UL
8. Seat Ring (2) Reinforced PTFE 1¹⁄₄" - 2" Standard Port
9. Body Cast Red Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 Threaded
10. Body End Piece Cast Red Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400
¹⁄₄" and ³⁄₈" size only has A304 stainless steel grounding washer.
DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES
KT-585-70-UL Dimensions
Size A B C D Port Weight Box Master
KT-585-70-UL
In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn. Qty.
Full Port
¹⁄₄ 8 2.00 51 1.75 44 5.00 127 .38 10 .45 .20 10 100 NPT x NPT
³⁄₈ 10 2.00 51 1.75 44 5.00 127 .38 10 .45 .20 10 100
¹⁄₂ 15 2.44 62 1.88 48 5.19 132 .50 13 .64 .29 10 100 KT-580-70-UL
³⁄4 20 2.94 75 2.25 57 6.25 159 .75 19 1.33 .60 5 50 Standard Port
1 25 3.34 85 2.38 59 6.44 164 1.00 25 1.79 .81 5 20 NPT x NPT
KT-580-70-UL Dimensions
Size A B C D Port Weight Box Master
In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn. Qty.
1 ¹⁄₄ 32 3.94 100 2.63 67 6.75 171 1.00 25 2.17 .99 5 20
1 ¹⁄₂ 40 4.31 110 3.00 76 8.91 228 1.25 32 3.27 1.49 5 20
2 50 4.63 117 3.25 83 9.06 230 1.50 38 5.09 2.31 5 10
*2 ¹⁄₂ 65 5.84 148 3.53 90 9.66 245 2.00 51 8.25 3.79 2 6
*3 80 7.09 202 4.41 112 11.53 293 2.50 64 15.65 7.11 1 4
† UL Listed, FM Approved for trim and drain use (UL Subject 258) – 585-70-UL ¹⁄₄" thru 1" – 580-70-UL 1¹⁄₄" thru 2".
*2¹⁄₂-3" supplied as T-580-70-UL subject to AHJ approval.
DO NOT USE FOR NATURAL GAS
WARNING: This product can expose you to c hemicals including lead,

which is known to theState of California to cause cancer and birthdefects
or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Visit our website for the most current information.
NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227
TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 17
177
www.nibco.com
Model 1000
TESTan DRAIN Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve

®
¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
F
B
TO DRAIN
TO DRAIN H
D
G
C
• The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1000 TESTanDRAIN® Model 1000 - Front View, Vertical Installation
provides both the test function and the express drain
function for a wet fire sprinkler system.
• The Model 1000 complies with the requirements of FROM BRANCH
NFPA-13, NFPA-13R, and NFPA-13D.
SYSTEM ACCESS PORT
• The Model 1000 TESTanDRAIN® is a compact single
handle ball valve which includes a tamper resistant test
orifice and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and is
300 PSI rated.
• Available in a full range of sizes from ¾" to 2" NPT and
STREET EL
BSPT, with all specifiable orifice sizes ³⁄8" (2.8K), 7⁄16" (4.2K),
½" (5.6K), 17⁄32" (8.0K), 5⁄8" (11.2K, ELO), ¾" (14.0K, ESFR),
and K25 as required by NFPA 13, 2007 Edition (see reverse).
• The orifice size is noted on the indicator plate and the valve
features a tapped and plugged port for system access. STREET EL
TO DRAIN
• A locking kit is available and can be ordered with the valve OR PIPE
to provide vandal resistance or prevent unintentional alarm
TO DRAIN
activation.
• Repair kits including (1) adapter gasket, (1) ball, (2) valve
seats, (1) stem packing, and (1) stem washer are available
for all TESTanDRAIN® valves. Valve and orifice size must RIGHT HAND/STRAIGHT INSTALLATION
be specified when ordering.
Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility

TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS1000 10/09
178
Model 1000
TESTan DRAIN 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve

®
Model 1000 - Plan View Front View - Horizontal Install

A E
1/2” NPT SYSTEM

ACCESS PORT
F
B
TO DRAIN
TO DRAIN H
D
G
C
Dimensions Materials
Orifice Size Available: 3⁄8", 7⁄16", 1⁄2", 17⁄32", ELO (5⁄8")*, ESFR (3⁄4")*, & K25** Handle: Steel
Stem: Rod Brass
SIZE A B C D FROM BRANCH
E F G H Ball: C.P. Brass
51⁄16" 11⁄2" 23⁄16" 35⁄8" 33⁄8"SYSTEM
113⁄16"
ACCESS49PORT
⁄16" 63⁄8" Body: Bronze
¾" (128 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) Valve Seat: Impregnated Teflon®
Indicator Plate: Steel
1" 51⁄16" 11⁄2" 23⁄16" 35⁄8" 33⁄8" 113⁄16" 49⁄16" 63⁄8"
(128 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) Handle Stop: Steel
11⁄4" 57⁄16" 111⁄16" 29⁄16" 41⁄4" 35⁄16" 115⁄16" 59⁄16" 51⁄2" Approvals
(163 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (83 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm)
STREET EL UL and ULC Listed (EX4019)
1½" 67⁄16" 113⁄16" 31⁄4" 51⁄16" 37⁄8" 25⁄8" 81⁄4" 107⁄8" FM Approved
(163 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm)
NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM
2" 67⁄16" 113⁄16" 31⁄4" 51⁄16" 37⁄8" 25⁄8" 81⁄4" 107⁄8"
(163 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm)
* Available on 11⁄4" to 2" size units only STREET EL

TO DRAIN
OR PIPE
** Available on 1 ⁄2" and 2" size units only
1
The Model 1000 provides all of the following

TO DRAIN …
From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13
Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system.
Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) – shall be provided with a drain
& 8.16.2.4.3 connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2.
Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain.
Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full
flow… using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice
giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler…
Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be readily accessible.
Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location… downstream of the waterflow alarm.
Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore
corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler…
Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection… with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall
be brass.
USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending
AGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Name:__________________________________

100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355
Phone: 610-240-4900 Architect:____________________________________
Fax: 610-240-4906
Engineer:____________________________________
www.testandrain.com
Contractor:__________________________________
179
Victaulic® VicFlex™ Series FL-SC/VS2
Standard Coverage, Quick/Standard Response Sprinklers
K5.6 (80) 10.93
Patent Pending

The Series FL-SC/VS2 is a listed sprinkler and hose assembly that has been calibrated as a K5.6. This product does
not require further calculation or use of equivalent length values.
STANDARD RESPONSE RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER
SIN V3201
ORIENTATION PENDENT
NOMINAL K-FACTOR/METRIC K-FACTOR 5.6/80
RESPONSE Standard
CONNECTION 1" NPT/25mm BSPT/1" IGS
MAX. WORKING PRESSURE 175 psi (1200 kPa)
ESCUTCHEON Recessed
LENGTHS 56"/1422mm and 68"/1727mm
QUICK RESPONSE RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER

SIN V3202
ORIENTATION PENDENT
RESPONSE Quick
ESCUTCHEON Recessed
STANDARD RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER

SIN V3203
ORIENTATION CONCEALED PENDENT
RESPONSE Standard
ESCUTCHEON Concealed
QUICK RESPONSE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER

SIN V3204
ORIENTATION CONCEALED PENDENT
RESPONSE Quick
ESCUTCHEON Concealed
AVAILABLE WRENCHES
SPRINKLER V32 Socket
Pendent ■
Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar
Min. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa/.5 bar
Temperature Rating: See tables in section 2.0
victaulic.com
10.93 18135 Rev A Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1
180
victaulic.com
APPROVALS/LISTINGS
SIN V3201 V3202 V3203 V3204
Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Metric K-Factor (lpm/(bar)1/2) 80 80 80 80
Orientation Pendent Pendent Pendent Pendent
Escutcheon Recessed Recessed Concealed Concealed
Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C°
155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C
cULus
200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C
NOTES
• Listings and approval as of printing.
• For system design purposes, no equivalent length calculations are required.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF BENDS

Nominal Sprinkler Length
inches Maximum Allowable Number of 90° Bends
mm at 2"/51mm Bend Radius for UL Listing
56.0
4
1422
68.0
4
1727
Agency Approved/Listed Bracket Styles

UL AB2, AB4, AB5, AB10
victaulic.com 2
181
victaulic.com

Deflector: Brass
Bulb Nominal Diameter: Threaded nipple
Quick Response: 3.0mm
Standard Response: 5.0mm
Load Screw: Brass
Flexible hose
Pip Cap: Brass
Spring Seal Assembly: PTFE coated Beryllium nickel alloy Tamper cover
Frame: Brass
Reducer
Escutcheon/Plate: 1010 – 1018 mild steel and stainless
steel Collar
Concealed Cup: Carbon steel, zinc-plated Spring seal

assembly
Installation Wrench: Ductile iron Pip cap
Sprinkler Frame Finishes: Lodgment spring

Bulb
Plain brass
Frame
Chrome plated Load screw
Deflector
White painted
Flexible Hose
Flexible Hose: Stainless Steel Coupling
Collar/Weld Fitting: Stainless Steel

Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM
Flexible hose
Nut Isolation Ring: Nylon
Coupling Isolation Ring: Polyethelene Tamper cover
Tamper Cover: Polyethelene/Polypropylene Reducer
Threaded Hose Fittings: Carbon steel, zinc-plated
Coupling Pip cap
Coupling Housing: Ductile iron Spring seal

assembly
Coupling Gasket: Grade “E” EPDM (Type A) Vic-Plus™ Lodgement spring
Pre-lubricated Gasket Frame
Cup
Coupling Bolts/Nut: Carbon steel, zinc-plated Bulb
Load screw
Coupling Linkage: Alloy Steel, zinc-plated
Brackets: Carbon steel, zinc-plated Deflector
victaulic.com 3
182
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Threaded Recessed
B C
Sprinkler Dimensions
Overall Length Live Length Outlet End Length Sprinkler OD
Nominal Length L B C D
inches inches inches inches inches
mm mm mm mm mm
56.0 58.1 45.3 9.3 2.0
1422 1476 1147 234 49
68.0 70.1 57.3 9.3 2.0
1727 1781 1452 234 49
4.1 DIMENSIONS
Grooved Recessed
B C
mm mm mm mm mm
56.0 56.8 45.3 9.3 2.0
1422 1442 1147 232 49
68.0 68.8 57.3 9.3 2.0
1727 1747 1452 232 49
4.2 DIMENSIONS
Threaded Concealed
B C
L
mm mm mm mm mm
56.0 58.1 45.3 9.3 2.6
1422 1476 1147 234 65
68.0 70.1 57.3 9.3 2.6
1727 1781 1452 234 65
victaulic.com 4
183
victaulic.com
4.3 DIMENSIONS
Grooved Concealed
B C
L
mm mm mm mm mm
56.0 56.8 45.3 9.3 2.6
1422 1442 1147 232 65
68.0 68.8 57.3 9.3 2.6
1727 1747 1452 232 65
victaulic.com 5
184
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets 3
Style AB2
• Suspended Ceilings
2
• Hard-Lid Ceilings
Item Description 1
1 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar1
2 Patent-Pending Adjustable Center bracket
3
3 End Bracket (adjustable)
Style AB4 1
• Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel

grid system 2
Item Description
1 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar1
2 Patent-Pending Adjustable Center bracket 3
3 Adjustable End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel
3
Style AB5
• Hard-Lid Ceilings
2
Item Description
1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1220 mm Square Bar
2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
1
3 End Bracket (adjustable)
Style AB10
3
• Suspended ceilings
2
• Armstrong® TechZone™ 1
3
Item Description
1 6"/152mm Square Bar1
2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket
3 End Bracket
victaulic.com 6
185
victaulic.com
4.5 DIMENSIONS
Clearances
Series FL-SC/VS2 and Style AB2 Bracket
R
See table
Bracket assembly
style AB2
A
See table
4.4"/111 mm 23⁄8"/60.33 mm
2"/50.80 mm
1.7"/43 mm 5⁄8"/15.9 mm
Typical Finished Typical
ceiling grid surface ceiling tile
Ceiling escutcheon with
¾"/19 mm total adjustment
shown at maximum recess V3201 Maximum Extension
See Note
24.0/610 mm or 48.0/1219 mm on center
V3201 ¾"/19 mm Maximum Recess

NOTE
• Typical t-bar grid and ceiling tile shown. Variations of t-bar and ceiling tile may be used but may result in dimensional changes from layouts depicted in this
submittal. Variations of ceiling grids and brackets are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures depicted.
V3201 V3201 V3203 V3203

Recessed Pendent Recessed Pendent Concealed Pendent Concealed Pendent
3/4" Max Recess 3/4" Max Recess 1/8" Max Recess 1/8" Max Recess
inches inches inches inches
mm mm mm mm
2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0
"R" Minimum Bend Radius
51 178 51 178
"A" Minimum Required 9.1 14.1 10.4 15.4
Installation Space 231 358 261 388
victaulic.com 7
186
victaulic.com
4.5 DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED)

Clearances
Series FL-SC/VS2 and Style AB2 Bracket
R
See table
A
See table
19⁄16"/
Bracket assembly 40.39 mm
#10 Screw style AB2
2" X 4" Stud 211⁄16"/68 mm

23⁄8"/60 mm
3 ½"/ 3½"/
88.90 mm 88.90 mm
Ceiling cover plate with Finished 5⁄8"/15.88 mm V32 Maximum Extension

1⁄8"/3.2 mm total adjustment 1⁄8"/3.2 mm Max. ceiling Typical drywall
0"/0.0 mm Min.
Typical 16"/406.40 mm C/C
V32 1⁄8"/3.2 mm Maximum Recess
NOTE
• Variations of ceiling grids and brackets are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures depicted.
V3201 V3201 V3203 V3203

Recessed Pendent Recessed Pendent Concealed Pendent Concealed Pendent
3/4" Max Recess 3/4" Max Recess 1/8" Max Recess 1/8" Max Recess
mm mm mm mm
2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0
51 178 51 178
victaulic.com 8
187
victaulic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS
Branchline Clearances
R
See chart
R
See chart
A
See chart
A
See chart
Style 922 Threaded

Mechanical Tee
Outlet Style 922
Grooved
Mechanical Tee
Outlet
2"/50 mm 2"/50 mm
Threaded Branchline into Female Threaded S/922 Outlet S/108 Coupling Branchline into S/922 Grooved Outlet
mm mm mm mm
2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0
51 178 51 178
R
See chart R
See chart
A A
See chart See chart
Female Threaded
Weld Outlet No. 142
Grooved Weld Outlet
2"/50 mm 2"/50 mm
Threaded Branchline into Female Threaded Weld Outlet S/108 Coupling Branchline into N/142 Grooved Weld Outlet
mm mm mm mm
2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0
51 178 51 178
victaulic.com 9
188
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Sprinkler is to be installed and designed as per NFPA or any local standards.
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install
any Victaulic products.
• Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressur-
ized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjust-
ment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious
personal injury and property damage.
• These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with
current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent
standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain
important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical
damage, etc.
• The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application.
• The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper
product installation.
• It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media
within the piping system and external environment.
• The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature,
chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended
service.
Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system
integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage.
NOTES
• The braided hose portion of the sprinkler assembly may be painted provided the paint is compatible with stainless steel and zinc-plated carbon steel or ductile iron.
• DO NOT paint, coat, or firestop the outlet/inlet portion of the Style VS2 Sprinkler Assembly. Braided hose and fitting portions of the Style VS2 Sprinkler Assembly
may be painted or coated, provided that the paint or coating is compatible with stainless steel material. This includes penetrating through firestop-filled annular
space of a firewall. The firestop material in direct contact with the flexible braided hose will not impede the functionality of the Style VS2 Sprinkler Assembly,
provided that the components are installed in accordance with Victaulic's installation instructions.
victaulic.com 10
189
victaulic.com

Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°F/-55°C.
I-VICFLEX-V32
7.1 CEILING LOADS
Installation Loads
Bracket
Sprinkler Length Length Total Load Uniform Load
inches inches lb lb/linear-ft
mm mm N N/linear-m
56 24 6.8 3.4
1422 610 30.3 49.6
68 24 7.5 3.8
1727 610 33.4 55.5
56 48 7.7 1.9
1422 1219 34.3 27.7
68 48 8.5 2.1
1727 1219 37.8 30.7
Total Load is defined as the sum of the weights of the following:

• water-filled sprinkler assembly
• bracket assembly (any applicable Victaulic bracket model of the relevant associated size)
ASTM C635
Installation Loads
Min. Allowable Uniform Load
lb/linear-ft
Suspension System Duty Classification N/linear-m
5.0
Light
73.0
12.0
Direct-Hung Intermediate
175.2
16.0
Heavy
233.6
Summary: All direct-hung suspension system duty classifications per ASTM C635 are able to withstand the maximum
water-filled weight of the VicFlex sprinkler assembly and bracket.
victaulic.com 11
190
victaulic.com
7.2 FLEXIBLE HOSE BEND CHARACTERISTICS
One Bend Two Bends Three Bends
2X
2X Minimum Minimum
Minimum bend radius bend radius
bend radius
OR
Minimum OR
bend radius
90°
Minimum
bend radius Minimum
Minimum bend radius
bend radius
Minimum
bend radius
Minimum
bend radius
For out-of-plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose.

standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to Installation
alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Warranty
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks
property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
countries.
victaulic.com 12
191
Universal Sway Brace – CSB0800
• Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications

• Unique slotted holes provide for easy slip-on installation eliminating loose hardware
• Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces
• Works with 1" through 2" brace pipes to reduce inventory
• Meets NFPA®-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing
• FM® Specification Tested
B A
Part Number CSB0800

Material Steel
Finish Electrogalvanized
Pipe Size 8"
Brace Pipe Size 1" – 2"
Width (W) 1 1/2"
Angle (a) 45°
A 3 9/16"
B 1 5/16"
C 1 1/4"
D 13"
Certifications cULus
FM Approved, Seismic
FM Tested
OSHPD
Standard Packaging Quantity 5 pc
UPC 78285692023
EAN-13 0782856920236
192
UL Loads
Lateral Longitudinal
Part Number Bull Moose Wheatland Youngstown Bull Moose Wheatland Youngstown
Sch 10/Sch 40 Sch 10/Sch 40
Eddy Flow Mega-Flow Fire-Flo Eddy Flow Mega-Flow Fire-Flo
Service Pipe Service Pipe
Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe
CSB0100xx 2,765 lb N/A N/A N/A 1,600 lb N/A N/A N/A
CSB0125xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb N/A 1,000 lb 1,000 lb 1,000 lb 1,000 lb
CSB0150xx 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 2,765 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb 1,600 lb
CSB0600xx 2,765 lb N/A 2,765 lb N/A 2,600 lb N/A 2,600 lb N/A
CSB1200xx N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
FM Loads
Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical
Part Number Lateral Longitudinal
30° - 44° 45° - 59° 60° - 74° 75° - 90° 30° - 44° 45° - 59° 60° - 74° 75° - 90°
FM Approved Lightwall, Sch 10 and Sch 40 Service Pipes
0.188" Wall and Sch 40 Service Pipes
FM® Specification Tested for 1-1/2" to 4" pipe sizes using no hub cast iron pipe.
Load ratings for Sch 10 may also be applied to AS 1074 Medium, GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Medium or Heavy), and JIS G3452 pipe.
Load ratings for Sch 40 may also be applied to AS 1074 Heavy, GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Heavy), and JIS G3454 pipe.
Load ratings for FM approved lightwall may also be applied to AS 1074 Lightwall, EN 10255 L, EN 10220, and GB/T 8163 pipe.
FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are
registered certification marks of UL LLC.

WARNING
nVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from
your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product
malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.

© 2021 nVent All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
193
Sway Braces
Universal Sway Brace Quick Grip Jr. Lateral Sway Brace Quick Grip Lateral Sway Brace
Trapeze Sway Brace, Strut Trapeze Sway Brace, Pipe Clevis Bolt Spacer
WARNING

194
Rigid Bracing
The nVent CADDY line of innovative rigid bracing products was designed to provide superior performance and meet the highest
seismic load requirements. The products have been designed with the end user in mind and provide contractors with labor-saving
features to promote quick and easy installation. The system of products supports lateral and longitudinal bracing and offers a wide
range of structural and pipe attachments.
• Patent-pending lateral braces eliminate need for multiple trips up and down ladders
• Adjustable design can be used with different brace pipe sizes, providing flexibility on the jobsite and reducing contractor
inventory
• Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces
• One wrench size fits all required hardware, eliminating the need to change tools
• cULus® Listed
• FM® Approved
• OSHPD® Pre-Approved (OPM-0062-13) to the 2013 California Building Code
Structural Attachments Sway Braces Lateral Telescoping Brace Assembly

for Rigid Bracing
Replacement Nuts and

Bolts for Rigid Bracing
195
FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.

WARNING

196
197
198
199
200
201
202

Example Manuel D'entretien 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Example Manuel D'entretien 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MDA PREVOST

Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor

Page 1 of 4 AUGUST 2018 TFP172

Installation Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant

Care and 2-7/8" DIA.

Sprinklers which are found to be 5/16±1/4"

SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7)

PURE WHITE (RAL9010)a

9 CHROME PLATED 286 286°F (141°C)

1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700

Series TY-FRB – 5.6 and 8.0 K-factor

Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2022 TFP356

3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA. 3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA.

FACTORY ASSEMBLED UPRIGHT FIELD ASSEMBLED PENDENT †

3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA. 3-1/2" (88,9 mm) DIA.

FACTORY ASSEMBLED UPRIGHT FIELD ASSEMBLED PENDENT †

Maximum Working Pressure

135 °F (57 °C) Orange

155 °F (68 °C) Red

286 °F (141 °C) Blue

155 °F (68 °C) Red

286 °F (141 °C) Blue

155 °F (68 °C) Red

286 °F (141 °C) Blue

155 °F (68 °C) Red

286 °F (141 °C) Blue

Care and having jurisdiction. Contact the install-

175 175°F (79°C)

200 200°F (93°C)

286 286°F (141°C)

175 175°F (79°C)

200 200°F (93°C)

286 286°F (141°C)

1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700

Series RFII — 5.6 K-factor

Page 1 of 4 AUGUST 2020 TFP181

The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor,

FACE OF CLEARANCE HOLE CLEARANCE

1/2" (12,7 mm)

Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by

1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700

Series DS-1 – 5.6 K-factor, Dry-type Sprinklers

Page 1 of 8 APRIL 2022 TFP500

PLUG WITH INLET

GUIDE INSERT PUSH WRENCH

COMPRESSION of the sprinkler can contact the interior

PENDENT 360°F (182°C) Mauve N/A

UPRIGHT 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 4, 5, 6

HSW* 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1**, 2**, 3***, 4, 5, 6 1**, 2**, 4, 5, 6

Clearance Space General Instructions the sprinkler fitting to suit.

SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING

FACE OF FACE OF FACE OF

ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: 3-1/2" DIA.

Note: If sprinkler removal becomes

Temperatures for RUN

SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON SAMPLE

SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE 480 48.00 in.

Limited sured per Figures 3 through 10, as

Procedure Connections, contact your Johnson

RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential

Page 1 of 6 SEPTEMBER 2019 TFP442

WET PIPE SYSTEM

DRY PIPE SYSTEM

HSW* 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3*, 4, 5, 6 1, 2**, 4, 5, 6

*The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water